Preview only show first 10 pages with watermark. For full document please download

For Minor Problems Due To Improper Usage Or Lack Of

Rating
Date

November 2018
Size

10.6MB
Views

4,109
Categories

Home Domestic appliances Large home appliances Dishwashers

Transcript

B A Page A-1 Measuring resistances from the front of SHU/SHI 43/53/68 dishwashers .7 I2. .1 .2 3 2 1 2 1 .4 Control Module -- I2 1 2 .8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 .6 2 1 .5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 .9 X1 to neutral line measure water level switch (open circuit) BN-I5-5 BN-I5-6 BN-I5-7 to Aqua Sensor YE-e3 YE-e3 BN-I5-1 BN-I5-2 Symbols (WH-I6-3) refer to wire colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit diagram # 36 for terminal/part symbols. Wire colors: WH = white, BK = black, WHRD = white/ red, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black, RD = red, YE = yellow, BN = brown. HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be measured from front of dishwasher without accessing control module wire harnesses. Resistances are: measure drain motor (~16.5 W) Quick Chart measure NTC measure rinse (~ 55 kW @ agent sensor 72ºF ) (SHU/I 53/68) (~.4 W) NOTE: measure circulation motor (~10 W) 1st Edition/Revision 3 to heater, Hi-Limit & flow switch BU-I6-6 BU-I6-7 BU-I6-8 BU-I6-9 BK-I2.1-2 GYBK-a1-3 RD-I6-1 WH-a1-6 WH-I6-3 BU-A2 BU-A2 measure dispenser actuator (~2150 W) measure top rack only actuator (SHU/I 68-only) (~2150 W) to hot line to hot line resets control module & starts test program WH-a1-5 BK-I2.7-1 WHRD-e0-1 (SHU/I 43/ 53) n n Troubleshooting Test Programs Tech Manual Water valve ~ 1 kW Drain motor ~ 16.5 W Repair Manual Tuesday, August 8, 2000 B A Page A-2 Measuring resistances from the front of SHU 99 & SHV 43/48 dishwashers Control Module -- I2 1 2 1 2 3 .6 to water valve & float switch measure dispenser actuator (~2150 W) to neutral to hot line measure circulation motor (with door closed) (~10 W) measure drain motor (~16.5 W) measure top rack only actuator (SHV 48 only) (~2150 W) 1 2 3 4 measure rinse agent sensor (SHV 48) (~.4 W) measure NTC (~ 55 kW @ 72ºF) HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be measured from front of dishwasher without accessing control module wire harnesses. Resistances are: n n Quick Chart 1 2 .8 NOTE: Symbols (WH-I6-7) refer to wire colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit diagram # 48 for terminal/part symbols. Wire colors: WH = white, WHRD = white/red, GY = gray, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black, RD = red, YE = yellow, BN = brown. measure water level switch (open circuit) 1st Edition/Revision 2 .7 YE-e3 YE-e3 BN-I6-3 BN-I6-2 .3 to heater, Hi-Limit & flow switch WH-I6-6 WH-I6-5 WH-I6-4 WHRD-e0-1 GY-e0-4 1 2 3 1 2 3 .4 GYBK-a1-3 RD-I6-1 .2 2 1 WH-I6-9 WH-I6-8 WH-I6-7 .1 BU-A2 BU-A2 I2. .5 Troubleshooting Test Programs Tech Manual Water valve ~ 1 kW Drain motor ~ 16.5 W Repair Manual Tuesday, August 8, 2000 B A Page A-3 Measuring resistances from the front of SHU 33 dishwashers measure water level switch (open circuit) measure circulation motor (~10 W) NOTE: measure drain motor (~16.5 W) Symbols (WH-a1-5) refer to wire colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit diagram # 60 for terminal/part symbols. Wire colors: WH = white, WHRD = white/red, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black, RD = red, YE = yellow. 1st Edition/Revision 1 Quick Chart Troubleshooting 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 BU-I6-4 BU-I6-5 YE-A2 YE-A2 BU-I6-6 BU-I6-7 BU-I6-8 BU-I6-9 BU-a1-6 to water valve & float switch measure dispenser actuator (~2150 W) .5 WH-a1-5 WHRD-a1-1 2 1 .8 .1 resets control module & starts test program 2 1 1 2 to hot line .2 RD-I6-1 GYBK-a1-3 .6 .4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 .7 to heater, Hi-Limit & flow switch I2. Control Module -- I2 measure NTC (~ 55 kW @ 72ºF) to neutral HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be measured from front of dishwasher without accessing control module wire harnesses. Resistances are: Test Programs n n Tech Manual Water valve ~ 1 kW Drain motor ~ 16.5 W Repair Manual Tuesday, August 8, 2000 B A Page A-4 Measuring resistances from the front of SHU 303x dishwashers Timer -- u GN-I6-6 GN-f3 to thermostats f3 & f4 to water level switch & inlet valve BU-I6-4 5b 3b 5a 3a 5 GY-I6-1 to float switch 6b WH-b-5 WH-I6-3 6a to flow switch 6 WHVT-a1-3 RD-A2 A2 YE-b-1 (to b1) VT-b-3 (to b3) 1 3 4b 2b 4a 2a 4 2 1 to hot line BK-m2-1 GYRD-I6-8 m2 GYBK-e5-1 m2 m3 A2 1 measure circulation motor (~10 W) measure drain motor (~16.5 W) measure detergent actuator (~2150 W) see circuit / schematic diagram # 62 for b1 & b3 Symbols (WH-I6-3) refer to wire colors and terminal/part symbols. See circuit diagram # 62 for terminal/part symbols. Wire colors: WH = white, WHRD = white/red, WHVT = white/violet, BU = blue, GYBK = gray/black, BK = black, GYRD = gray/red, GY = gray, GN = green, RD = red, VT = violet, YE = yellow. 1st Edition/Revision 1 Quick Chart Troubleshooting m3 to flow switch M ~ WHRD-A2 Timer motor m1 NOTE: 1 to neutral HINT: Water valve and drain motor can be measured from front of dishwasher without accessing timer wire harnesses. Resistances are: n n Tech Manual Water valve ~ 1 kW Drain motor ~ 16.5 W Repair Manual Tuesday, August 8, 2000 B A Page B-1 Using the test program to troubleshoot the heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit thermostat from the front of SHU/I 43/53/68 dishwashers 123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012 123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012 123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012 123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012 TEST TIME NOTES 123456789012345678901234567890121234567890123456789012345678901212345678901234567890123456789012 Entering test program ----- Press On/Off button at the same time you press both the Power Scrub Plus & Regular Wash buttons (SHU/I 43 models) or the Scrub Wash & Delicate/Econo buttons (SHU/I 53 & 68 models). Indicating lights will flash. Starting test program ----- Press both the Power Scrub Plus & Regular Wash buttons (SHU/I 43 models) or the Scrub Wash & Delicate/Econo buttons (SHU/I 53 & 68 models) a 2nd time. Skipping a test ----- Press Scrub Wash button (SHU/I 43 models) or Regular Wash button (SHU/I 53 & 68 models). Draining 30 seconds Allow dishwasher to drain. Aqua Sensor calibration 65 seconds Not on SHU/I 43 models. Skip this test. Filling Until water level switch closes Cant skip this test Heating & Circulating Until water reaches 150ºF (rises ~ 2ºF/minute) Dont run entire test (to save time) -- when water starts circulating, measure current in main power line to dishwasher. Skip test once current has been measured. If current is ~ 11A, heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit are OK. If current ~ 1.5-2A, turn off dishwasher, remove or block up tank and measure resistance of heater, Hi-Limit & flow switch (see below). Draining 60 seconds 185ºF High Limit NOTE: Once its found one of these parts is faulty (from incoming current being 1.5 - 2A), check each part (once tank has been removed or blocked up) by measuring its resistance at its terminals: Heater n n n F Flow switch 1st Edition/Revision 1 Quick Chart Last test. To end test program, press On/Off button (all models). Troubleshooting Heater ~ 11 W Hi-Limit ~ .3 W Flow switch ~ .4 W -- must remove microswitch from heater housing & close its contacts to measure this. A spring loaded plunger closes microswitch when water is flowing. Test Programs Tech Manual Repair Manual Tuesday, August 8, 2000 B A Installing jumper for control modules for SHU/I 53 series dishwashers Control Module Part # 266746 1 2 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 NOTE: Remove existing jumper from old SHU/I 53 control module and install onto new module. This part # 266746 control module is used for all SHU/I 53 series & SHU/I 68 series dishwashers. SHU/I 53 models use a jumper (part # 167782), while SHU/I 68 models dont. Since each control module is shipped without a jumper, existing jumper must be used (or jumper # 167782 must be ordered separately). This applies to SHU/I 5302, 5304, 5305, 5306, 5312, 5314, 5315 & 5316 models. Please note this # 266746 control module replaced the module # 263832 referred to in the 1st Edition/Revision 0 of these instructions. 1st Edition/Revision 1 Quick Chart Troubleshooting Test Programs Tech Manual Repair Manual Tuesday, August 8, 2000 B A Page C-1 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart Use this chart to quickly identify problems from front of dishwasher without removing it. For a complete troubleshooting chart when symptoms are known, please refer to the SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart. NOTE: Use a multimeter with temperature, voltage/resistance and current (ampere) probes. Do all resistance checks with power turned off. Identify each wire color and location at the control module before looking at this chart. For a quick reference for measuring resistances from the front of the dishwasher, please refer to the one page diagram Measuring Resistances from the Front of any SHU or SHI Dishwasher. NOTE: To access wire harnesses, open door and remove outer door panel (by removing three T20 Torx screws on each side of inner door, starting from bottom -- the top six screws hold the fascia panel to the door). Once screws are out, close door, lift outer door panel up and pull bottom of panel out – door panel will drop out. NOTE: Please see circuit diagram #36 for SHU/I 43/53/68 model dishwashers and diagram #48 for SHV 43/48 model dishwashers in the Major Appliance Technical Manual. NOTE: An "F" fault code in the display for SHU/I 53/68 dishwashers shows there's a filling problem (not filling, overfilling, underfilling or water in the base). The fault code can't be reset manually – it will reset itself 15 minutes after the dishwasher has been turned on (after testing how it fills). To check Measure If yes If no ü Water valve ü Resistance through water valve terminals (≈ 1000 Ω). ü Valve may be OK – more testing may be needed. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace water valve. ü Drain motor ü Lift plastic terminal cover and measure resistance through drain motor terminals (≈ 16.5 Ω). ü Drain motor may be OK – more testing may be needed. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace drain motor. HINT: Locking type terminals are used – push a small (#1) blade screwdriver into each terminal notch and slide terminal off at same time. HINT: The drain motor is not a bilge pump – it won't remove water from the dishwasher base. HINT: Start test program, start any wash cycle or reset dishwasher to run drain motor -- see if water drains. 1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999 BA Page C-2 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart To check Measure If yes ü Heater / flow switch / HiLimit thermostat o (185 F) ü Current through hot wire into dishwasher – should be 10.5-11 A (amps). ü Heater/flow switch/HiLimit thermostat are OK. ü HINT: The resistance of heater is ≈ 11 Ω, Hi-Limit thermostat is ≈ .3 Ω & flow switch is ≈ .4 Ω. To measure flow switch resistance, remove microswitch & close its contacts. HINT: Don't pull out dishwasher and remove tub for initial checking – only when you're certain one of these parts has failed. HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove or tilt/block up tub to replace parts. Bring all three parts before disassembling dishwasher and test each part separately. HINT: The NTC and Hi-Limit o (185 F thermostat) are changed as a unit. Must pull out dishwasher and remove or block up tub to replace it. ü NTC (temperature probe) ü At control module, measure resistance between two brown wires at left of right harness (≈ 55 kΩ at room temperature (72oF)). HINT: Start test program (SHU/I models) and skip "draining" and "Aqua Sensor Calibration" until water has finished filling. When heater comes on, measure current. Skip "heating & circulating" once you've measured current to save time. ü NTC probably is OK. HINT: Make sure water in sump has cooled to room temperature before measuring resistance. ü Water level switch ü Float switch 1st Edition/Revision 0-A ü ü If no Test each part, turn off dishwasher and replace defective part. HINT: The Hi-Limit o thermostat (185 F) is a bimetal self-resetting thermostat. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace NTC. HINT: The NTC and Hi-Limit o (185 F thermostat) are changed as a unit. Must pull out dishwasher and remove or block up tub to replace it. After water fills, turn off dishwasher and measure (SHU/I models) between white wire at left of 3rd harness from left and 2nd blue wire from left of 4th harness from left (≈ .4 Ω). ü Water level switch is OK. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace water level switch. HINT: For SHV models, measure between white wire st at right of 1 harness & white th wire at left of 4 harness. HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove left side panel to access water level switch. Resistance between white wire to water valve and white wire either at right of on/off switch harness (SHU/I models) or at left of 4th harness (SHV models) (≈ 4Ω). ü Float switch and water valve probably are OK. ü Test float switch and water valve, turn off dishwasher and replace whatever part was defective. Tuesday, May 11, 1999 B A Page C-3 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart To check Measure ü Float switch (cont.). HINT: Any debris (e.g. a cable tie) in dishwasher base can move under float and turn on float switch. Clean all debris from dishwasher base. ü Aqua sensor ü Find three brown wires at far right of control module. Measure resistance between middle wire and left (preferred) or right wire (≥ 1 MΩ). ü Sensor may be OK. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace sensor. HINT: The aqua sensor does not affect washability and should not be replaced (unless a leak has occurred around it). HINT: Don't check this unless customer has brought up long wash times (and has measured them). The sensor checks water clarity and adds a wash/rinse cycle only when the rinse water is still dirty. HINT: Can also measure resistance between inner terminal (light) and either outer terminal (sensor) of sensor itself. HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove left side panel to access sensor (for measuring or replacing). Sensor can be pulled out of sensor assembly at rear of sump. ü Circulation motor ü At control module, measure resistance (SHU/I models) between white/red wire st on 1 harness from left nd & 2 blue wire from th right on 4 harness from left (≈ 10 Ω). ü Circulation motor may be OK – more testing may be needed (if debris entered impeller). ü Turn off dishwasher and replace circulation motor. HINT: For SHV models, measure between white/red nd wire at left of 2 harness & th white wire at middle of 4 harness. HINT: Debris can get in if filter basket wasn't properly screwed in and locked. Don't remove motor to clean impeller – remove filter basket/screen and reach through right side of sump into impeller. HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove or tilt/block up tub to remove or replace motor – do so only if certain motor has failed or impeller is jammed with debris. ü Detergent dispenser actuator ü Resistance through "wax" motor terminals (≈ 2150 Ω). ü Actuator motor may be OK – more testing may be needed. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace actuator "wax" motor. ü Top rack only actuator (SHU/I 68-& SHV 48-models only). ü At control module, measure resistance (SHU/I models) between white wires of rd 3 harness (from left) - (≈ 2150 Ω). ü Actuator motor may be OK – more testing may be needed. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace actuator "wax" motor. (SHU 53-- & 68—only) 1st Edition/Revision 0-A If yes If no HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove left side panel to access float switch. HINT: Due to nature of sensor, resistance readings can be inconsistent. HINT: For SHV models, measure between white/red nd wire at left of 2 harness & th white wire at middle of 4 harness. Tuesday, May 11, 1999 BA Page C-4 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart To check Measure If yes If no ü Control module ü Run test program (SHU/I models) and check if indicator lights/displays come on and all buttons click (and resist a bit when pressed). ü Module may be OK – more testing may be needed. ü Go to troubleshooting chart and check whether module or another part is faulty. ü Rinse aid dispenser level switch ü At control module, measure resistance between two yellow nd wires (2 harness from right) -- (≈ .4 Ω). ü Level switch probably is OK. ü Check to see if rinse aid dispenser is empty. If not, turn off dishwasher and replace level switch. (SHU 53/68 & SHV 48— models only) NOTE: The following parts can't be serviced from the front of the dishwasher (the dishwasher must be pulled out and the tank removed or tilted/blocked up to replace them): • Heater • Circulation motor • Aqua sensor ("Sensotronic") • NTC (temperature probe)/Hi-Limit (185oF) thermostat NOTE: You will need a T20 Torx screwdriver and may need #1/ #2 flat blade screwdrivers and a pair of needlenose pliers. Many parts can be snapped out without using tools. NOTE: On SHU/I 43/53/68 models, run test program to identify dishwasher problems (please see page F-1). The test can run more than one hour (to get temperature up to 150oF), but tests can be cancelled to greatly shorten testing time. The test program allows draining, filling, circulating and heating to be checked more quickly than running a standard wash cycle. To use test program for troubleshooting, measure voltages/currents as parts come on. For example, run heating test and measure current coming into dishwasher – if current ≈ 11A, Hi-Limit, heater and flow switch are OK. If not, check each part to see which one failed. This test saves time since you can't get to these parts without removing the tank and can't run resistance checks from front of dishwasher because flow switch stays open. Please see page B-1 on using test program to troubleshoot heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit. 1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999 B A Page C-5 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Quick Check Chart NOTE: To cancel/drain dishwasher while it's cycling, press and hold the following buttons (until dishwasher starts to drain): G SHU/I 43-- & SHV 43/48 G Press and hold "Regular Wash" & "Power Scrub Plus" buttons G SHU/I 53/68 G Press and hold "Scrub Wash" & "Delicate/Economy" buttons until "CL" shows on display ▲ WARNING! ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD (120 VAC) • TURN OFF ELECTRICAL POWER AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE BOX BEFORE DISASSEMBLING OR REPAIRING THE DISHWASHER. • MAKE SURE THE DISHWASHER IS ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED. • USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY FOR ALL WIRING OR REWIRING. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. 1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999 B A Page D-1 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart NOTE: For minor problems from improper usage or lack of maintenance, please refer customer to the Self-Help chart in their Use and Care Manual. Problem ü Washability problems (dishwasher won't clean properly) Possible Cause Suggested Action ü Inappropriate dishwasher detergent used. ü Instruct customer to use a powdered dishwasher detergent (e.g. Cascade powder). ü Blocked or clogged upper/ lower spray arms. ü Check spray arms – clean or replace as needed. ü Water doesn't circulate properly due to debris in circulation motor impeller. ü Twist and remove filter, then remove debris from right side of sump where water enters circulation pump impeller. If debris has jammed impeller, turn off and pull out dishwasher, remove tank, remove circulation motor and unscrew and clean out impeller. HINT: If impeller is damaged, replace entire impeller assembly or it won't seal adequately. HINT: Water level will not affect washability as water fill is measured by pressure, not time – water level cannot be adjusted. 1st Edition/Revision 0-B ü Filter not locked down securely, allowing debris to enter sump. ü Twist and remove filter, then remove debris from sump. Instruct customer to twist and lock filter (cylinder) securely into sump. CAUTION: Use caution when removing debris from sump to avoid being cut by sharp debris such as aluminum can tabs or broken glass. HINT: Due to high temperature rinse (161 F) breaking down food debris and triple filtering system trapping food debris, filters shouldn't normally clog up. Problem often caused by filter not being securely locked down. Instruct customer to twist and lock filter (cylinder) securely into dishwasher sump. ü Drain hose behind dishwasher doesn't have an adequate loop. ü Loop drain hose behind the dishwasher (with the top of the loop) at least 20" above the floor. ü Partially clogged air gap, allowing wastewater from prior washes to circulate in dishwasher. ü Unclog sink air gap. o NOTE: Cleaning sink air gaps is not covered under warranty. ü Water doesn't drain properly ü See Water doesn't drain properly on page D-3. ü Soap doesn't enter dishwasher due to dispenser actuator (A 2) failure. ü Turn off dishwasher and test actuator – replace if faulty. Wednesday, August 9, 2000 BA Page D-2 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart Problem Possible Cause Suggested Action HINT: Must pull out dishwasher and remove left side panel to access float switch. HINT: One "wax" motor operates both the detergent and rinse aid dispensers through a mechanical linkage. The system always resets when door closes. Check linkage by moving it manually. Check "wax" motor by running a continuity check on its terminals. ü Too much detergent used. ü Instruct customer to use less. ü Improper detergent used (other than powdered dishwasher detergent). ü Instruct customer to use a powdered dishwasher detergent (e.g. Cascade powder). ü Dishwasher doesn't drain properly. ü See Water doesn't drain properly on page D-3. ü Dishes won't dry properly. ü Rinse aid not used. ü Instruct customer on using rinse aid – dishes won't dry without it. ü Dishwasher has an odor. ü Standing water in dishwasher sump. ü Unclog air gap. Make sure top of drain hose loop (behind dishwasher) is at least 20" above floor (add a loop in hose if there isn't one). ü Washability problems (dishwasher won't clean properly) (cont.) ü Suds or foam remains in dishwasher. HINT: Water level in sump should be at or below drain motor cover. ü Standing water in dishwasher base. ü Minerals in customer water supply. ü Dishwasher won't run or indicator lights won't come on. ü Food debris in dishwasher filters. ü Clean dishwasher filters. ü Dishwasher not turned on. ü No power to dishwasher. ü Turn on/off switch on. ü Check customer circuit breaker, fuse box or power connections. ü Door ajar or on/off switch failed. ü Turn off dishwasher and check door or on/off switch -- adjust or replace them. ü Door latch has broken. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace door latch – instruct customer to not pull on door without pulling latch. ü Run test program to see if light failed (for SHU/I 43/53/68 models only – see page F-1). If so, turn off dishwasher and replace indicator light. ü Indicator light failed. 1st Edition/Revision 0-B ü Turn off dishwasher, drain water manually from dishwasher base and correct source of water leakage. ü Recommend customer to get water tested and use an appropriate water softener. Wednesday, August 9, 2000 B A Page D-3 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart Problem ü Dishwasher won't stop filling or won't stop draining. ü Water doesn't drain properly. CAUTION: Use caution when removing debris from sump to avoid being cut by sharp debris such as aluminum can tabs or broken glass. Possible Cause ü Water in dishwasher base from leaky or loose hose. ü Dishwasher isn't level, causing float switch (e 6) to operate. ü Float switch or diaphragm (e6) failed. ü Turn off dishwasher, drain water manually from dishwasher base and reinstall or replace hose. ü Level dishwasher using front and rear leveling legs (see customer dishwasher installation instructions). ü Turn off dishwasher and replace float switch or diaphragm. ü Debris in dishwasher base activated float switch (e6). ü Turn off dishwasher and remove debris from dishwasher base ü Kink in drain hose. ü Dishwasher filter(s) or sump clogged. ü Straighten or replace drain hose. ü Clean dishwasher filters or sump. ü Drain motor impeller clogged. ü Turn off dishwasher, remove drain motor cover (in sump) and clean impeller. If necessary, remove drain motor to clean impeller. ü Kitchen sink or sink air gap clogged. ü Unclog sink or sink air gap. NOTE: Cleaning sink air gaps or sinks are not covered under warranty. ü Drain motor (m 3) failed. ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or module (all other models) failed. ü Improper drain connection height (< 20" or 508mm above floor). ü Water fills too slowly. ü Low customer water supply pressure. ü Inadequate customer water supply piping. ü Scale in customer supply piping or dishwasher piping/parts from hard water. 1st Edition/Revision 0-A Suggested Action ü Turn off dishwasher and measure resistance at motor terminals (≈ 16.5 Ω). Replace faulty motor. ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or module. Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty timer or module (for SHU/I 43/53 models, install existing module jumper onto new module). ü Install drain height and sink air gap according to local codes. ü Adjust customer water supply pressure (to 5-20 psi or 0.3-8.27 bars). ü Install appropriate piping to dishwasher (minimum 3/8" copper tanking) according to local codes. ü Clean or replace clogged piping/parts and have customer get water tested and use appropriate water softener. Tuesday, May 11, 1999 BA Page D-4 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart Problem Possible Cause Suggested Action ü Water won't fill. ü Customer water supply turned off or disconnected. ü Water valve (s2) failed. ü Reconnect and turn on customer water supply. ü Check resistance @ water valve terminals (≈ 1000 Ω). Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty valve. NOTE: An "F" fault code in the display for SHU/I 53/68 dishwashers shows there's a filling problem (not filling, over- ü Water level switch (f 1) failed. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty level switch. ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or module. Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty timer or module (for SHU/I 43/53 models, install existing module jumper onto new module). ü Turn off dishwasher, drain water manually from dishwasher base, find source of leaking water and fix water leak. filling, underfilling or water in the base). The fault code ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or module (all other models) failed. can't be reset manually – it will reset itself 15 minutes after the dishwasher has been turned on (after testing how it fills). ü Water in dishwasher base operated float switch (e 6). ü Detergent or rinse aid won't dispense properly. ü Dispenser actuator (A 2) failed. ü Detergent dispenser door is jammed. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace actuator. ü Free jammed detergent dispenser door. ü Refill rinse aid light won't come on (SHU/I 53/68 & SHV 48 models). ü Rinse aid level switch (reed switch e 3) failed. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace reed switch. ü Water doesn't circulate. ü Circulation motor (m2) failed. ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or module (all other models) failed. ü Turn off dishwasher and replace motor. ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or module. Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty timer or module (for SHU/I 43/53 models, install existing module jumper onto new module). ü Water doesn’t heat up properly. ü Hi-Limit (f5) tripped and failed to reset. ü Run test program (SHU/I 43/53/68 models) – measure current to dishwasher. If current ≈ 11A, Hi-Limit is OK. If not (and for all other models), turn off dishwasher and measure resistance @ Hi-Limit terminals (≈ .3 Ω). Replace faulty Hi-Limit. ü NTC (temperature sensor) failed. ü Turn off dishwasher and check o resistance of NTC (≈ 55 kΩ @ 72 F). Replace faulty NTC. o o ü 140 F (f 3) or 161 F (f4) thermostat (SHU 30/40 models) failed. 1st Edition/Revision 0-A ü Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty thermostat. Tuesday, May 11, 1999 B A Page D-5 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart Problem ü Water doesn’t heat up properly (cont.). Possible Cause Suggested Action ü Heater (r 1) failed. ü Run test program (SHU/I 43/53/68 models – see page B-1) – measure current to dishwasher. If current ≈ 11A, heater is OK. If not (and for all other models), turn off dishwasher and measure heater resistance (≈ 11 Ω). Replace faulty heater. ü Water flow switch (e 5) failed. ü Run test program (SHU/I 43/53/68 models – see page B-1) – measure current to dishwasher. If current ≈ 11A, flow switch is OK. If not, remove flow switch microswitch, close its contacts & measure its resistance (≈ .4 Ω). Replace faulty flow switch. ü Check voltage at and wiring to timer or module. Turn off dishwasher and replace faulty timer or module (for SHU/I 43/53 models, install existing module jumper onto new module). ü Timer (SHU 30/40 models) or module (all other models) failed. ü Dishwasher cycle runs too long, yet dishwasher washes, rinses and shuts off OK. ü Customer hot water supply o isn't hot enough (< 140 F/ o 60 C). ü Adjust hot water supply according to local codes. ü Water leaks from front of dishwasher. ü Blocked or clogged upper or lower spray arms. ü Excessive foaming. ü Check spray arms – clean or replace as needed. ü See Suds or foam remains in dishwasher on page D-2. ü Damaged door gasket. ü Install new door gasket, providing an extra 1" – 1-1/4" on each side to cover bottom of tank (for a dam to prevent leaking from splashing water at bottom corners of tank). HINT: Original gasket was longer to provide a dam for tank corners. Do not trim gasket flush with sides of tank or leaking may occur. NOTE: Use a multimeter with temperature, voltage/resistance and current (ampere) probes. Do all resistance checks with power turned off. Identify each wire color and location at the control module before looking at this chart. For a quick reference for measuring resistances from the front of the dishwasher, please refer to the one page diagram Measuring Resistances from the Front of any SHU or SHI Dishwasher. 1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999 BA Page D-6 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart NOTE: You will need a T20 Torx screwdriver and may need #1/ #2 flat blade screwdrivers and a pair of needlenose pliers. Many parts can be snapped out without using tools. HINT: Symbols for parts (e.g. " f3" or " e6 " ) refer to schematic diagram #36 on page E-1 and #48 on page E-2. NOTE: The following parts can't be serviced from the front of the dishwasher (the dishwasher must be pulled out and the tank removed or tilted/blocked up to replace them): NOTE: • Heater • Circulation motor • Aqua sensor ("Sensotronic") • NTC (temperature probe)/Hi-Limit (185oF) thermostat On SHU/I 43/53/68 models, run test program to identify dishwasher problems (see test program guide on page F-1). The test can run more than one hour (to get temperature up to 150oF), but tests can be cancelled to greatly shorten testing time. The test program allows draining, filling, circulating and heating to be checked more quickly than running a standard wash cycle. To use test program for troubleshooting, measure voltages/currents as parts come on. For example, run heating test and measure current coming into dishwasher – if current ≈ 11A, Hi-Limit, heater and flow switch are OK. If not, check each part to see which one failed. This test saves time since you can't get to these parts without removing the tank and can't run resistance checks from front of dishwasher because flow switch stays open. Please see page B-1 on using test program to troubleshoot heater, flow switch and Hi-Limit. NOTE: To cancel/drain dishwasher while it's cycling, press and hold the following buttons (until dishwasher starts to drain): G SHU/I 43-- & SHV 43/48 G Depress and hold "Regular Wash" & "Power Scrub Plus" buttons G SHU/I 53/68 G Depress and hold "Scrub Wash" & "Delicate/Economy" buttons until "CL" shows on display NOTE: Jumpers aren't included with replacement modules. For SHU/I 43/53 models, take jumper off old module and put it on new module. NOTE: An "F" fault code in the display for SHU/I 53/68 dishwashers shows there's a filling problem (not filling, overfilling, underfilling or water in the base). The fault code can't be reset manually – it will reset itself 15 minutes after the dishwasher has been turned on (after testing how it fills). 1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999 B A Page D-7 SHU/SHI/SHV Dishwasher Troubleshooting Chart NOTE: The customer hot water supply should meet or exceed the minimum requirements below for the dishwasher to operate efficiently. Installations not meeting these requirements should be reinstalled according to local codes. • 20-60 psi (1.4 - 4.1 bars) water pressure • 140oF (60oC) water temperature (recommended) • minimum 3/8" (9.5 mm) flexible stainless steel or copper tanking inlet line ▲ WARNING! ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD (120 VAC) • TURN OFF ELECTRICAL POWER AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OR FUSE BOX BEFORE DISASSEMBLING OR REPAIRING THE DISHWASHER. • MAKE SURE THE DISHWASHER IS ELECTRICALLY GROUNDED. • USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY FOR ALL WIRING OR REWIRING. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. 1st Edition/Revision 0-A Tuesday, May 11, 1999 B A Page F-1A SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs TEST* TIME NOTES Draining 30 seconds Aqua Sensor 65 seconds Not on SHI/U 43-- models Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes Can't skip this test Heating & Circulating Until water temperature reaches 150 F (65 C) Draining 60 seconds ("Sensotronic") Calibration º * To skip a test: SHI/U 43 models SHI/U 53/ 68 models º Dispenser actuator comes on Press SCRUB WASH button. Press REGULAR WASH button. SHI/U 43—MODELS To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check each program indicator light, press its button. To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When testing has ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit: WASH RINSE/DRY CLEAN = = = Heater fault Water filling fault (over or under filling) NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an NTC fault To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), RINSE/DRY light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), CLEAN light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit. SHU 43 models program buttons & indicator lights: See page F1B for SHU 4322/4326 models, F-1C for SHU 53 models and page F-1D for SHI/U 68 models 1st Edition/Revision 2 Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Rinse & Hold Wash Rinse/ Dry Clean ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l l Cancel Drain Tuesday, June 27, 2000 B A Page F-1B SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs TEST* TIME NOTES Draining 30 seconds Aqua Sensor 65 seconds Not on SHI/U 43-- models Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes Can't skip this test Heating & Circulating Until water temperature reaches 150 F (65 C) Draining 60 seconds ("Sensotronic") Calibration º * To skip a test: º SHI/U 43 models SHI/U 53/ 68 models Dispenser actuator comes on Press SCRUB WASH button. Press REGULAR WASH button. SHU 4322 & 4326 MODELS To start test program, press and hold both REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. Initially, control module version # will be displayed (e.g./ “20” = version 0 without jumper). When wash program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check each program indicator light, press its button. To check Cycle Countdown display, Refill Rinse Agent light and REGULAR WASH light, press REGULAR WASH button (press Delay Start button to test Cycle Countdown display alone). Cycle Countdown display will show "88" when REGULAR WASH button is pressed and "8h" when Delay Start button is pressed. To start testing, press both the REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD buttons a second time. When testing has ended, Cycle Countdown display will show a fault using codes below. If more than one fault occurs, code numbers will be added together, (e.g./ “6” = faults 2 + 4). 0 = No faults detected 1 = Aqua Sensor ("Sensotronic") fault 2 = Heating fault 4 = Filling fault 8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault F = Filling fault (display occurs during wash, not test) To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "4" and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), display will show "0", water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "8" immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. SHU 4322/4326 models program buttons & indicator lights: Cycle Countdown 20 See page F1A for SHI/U 43 models, F1C for SHU 53 models and page F1D for SHI/U 68 models 1st Edition/Revision 2 Power Scrub Plus Regular Wash Delicate /Econo Rinse & Hold Refill Rinse Agent ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l l Cancel Drain Tuesday, June 27, 2000 B A Page F-1C SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs TEST* TIME NOTES Draining 30 seconds Aqua Sensor 65 seconds Not on SHI/U 43-- models Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes Can't skip this test Heating & Circulating Until water temperature reaches 150 F (65 C) Draining 60 seconds ("Sensotronic") Calibration º * To skip a test: º SHI/U 43 models SHI/U 53/ 68 models Dispenser actuator comes on Press SCRUB WASH button. Press REGULAR WASH button. SHU 53 MODELS To start test program, press and hold both SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. Initially, control module version # will be displayed (e.g./ “21” = version 1 with jumper). When wash program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check each program indicator light, press its button. To check Cycle Countdown display, Refill Rinse Agent light and REGULAR WASH light, press REGULAR WASH button (press Delay Start button to test Cycle Countdown display alone). Cycle Countdown display will show "88" when REGULAR WASH button is pressed and "8h" when Delay Start button is pressed. To start testing, press both the SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO buttons a second time. When testing has ended, Cycle Countdown display will show a fault using codes below. If more than one fault occurs, code numbers will be added together, (e.g./ “6” = faults 2 + 4). 0 = No faults detected 1 = Aqua Sensor ("Sensotronic") fault 2 = Heating fault 4 = Filling fault 8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault F = Filling fault (display occurs during wash, not test) To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "4" and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), display will show "0", water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "8" immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. SHU 53 models program buttons & indicator lights: Cycle Countdown 21 See page F-1A for SHI/U 43 models, F-1B for SHU 4322/4326 models and page F-1D for SHI/U 68 models 1st Edition/Revision 2 Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Delicate /Econo Rinse & Hold Refill Rinse Agent ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l Delay Start Hours l Cancel Drain Tuesday, June 27, 2000 B A Page F-1D SHI/U 43/53/68 Dishwasher Test Programs TEST* TIME NOTES Draining 30 seconds Aqua Sensor 65 seconds Not on SHI/U 43-- models Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes Can't skip this test Heating & Circulating Until water temperature reaches 150 F (65 C) Draining 60 seconds ("Sensotronic") Calibration º * To skip a test: SHI/U 43 models SHI/U 53/ 68 models º Dispenser actuator comes on Press SCRUB WASH button. Press REGULAR WASH button. SHI/U 68-- MODELS To start test program, press and hold both SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. Initially, control module version # will be displayed (e.g./ “20” = version 0 without jumper). When wash program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check each program indicator light, press its button. To check Cycle Countdown display, Refill Rinse Agent light and REGULAR WASH light, press REGULAR WASH button (press Delay Start button to test Cycle Countdown display alone). Cycle Countdown display will show "88" when REGULAR WASH button is pressed and "8h" when Delay Start button is pressed. To start testing, press both SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO buttons a second time. When testing has ended, Cycle Countdown display will show a fault using codes below. If more than one fault occurs, code numbers will be added together, (e.g./ “6” = faults 2 + 4). 0 = No faults detected 1 = Aqua Sensor ("Sensotronic") fault 2 = Heating fault 4 = Filling fault 8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault F = Filling fault (display occurs during wash, not test) To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "4" and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), display will show "0", water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), display will show fault code "8" immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. SHU 68 models program buttons & indicator lights: Cycle Countdown 20 See page F1A for SHI/U 43 models, F1B for SHU 4322/4326 models and page F-1C for SHU 53 models ¢ Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Delicate /Econo Quick Wash Rinse & Hold Refill Rinse Agent ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l Delay Start Hours 1st Edition/Revision 2 Top Rack Only l Cancel Drain Tuesday, June 27, 2000 B A Page F-2 SHV 43/48 Dishwasher Test Program TEST* TIME NOTES Draining 30 seconds Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes Input current < 1 A Heating & Circulating (water circulates before unit stops filling) Until water temperature reaches º º 150 F (65 C) Input current ~ 11 A and dispenser actuator comes on Draining 60 seconds * To skip Heating & Circulating test: SHV 43/48 models Press SCRUB WASH button. SHV 43/48 MODELS To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. NOTE: TO ENABLE LIGHTS TO COME ON, DOOR MUST BE OPENED. To check program indicator lights (POWER SCRUB PLUS, SCRUB WASH, REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD), press and hold each program button. When SCRUB WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN and REFILL RINSE AGENT lights also come on (for SHV 4803 models) or CLEAN light also comes on (for SHV 4303 models). NOTE: TO ENABLE LIGHTS TO COME ON, DOOR MUST BE OPENED. To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When testing has ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit: POWER SCRUB PLUS SCRUB WASH REGULAR WASH = = = Heater fault Water filling fault (over or under filling) NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an NTC fault To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), SCRUB WASH light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), REGULAR WASH light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. NOTE: TO ENABLE LIGHTS TO COME ON, DOOR MUST BE OPENED. If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit. SHV 4303 models program buttons & indicator lights: ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ Clean Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Rinse & Hold SHV 4803 models program buttons & indicator lights: ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ Clean Refill Rinse Agent Top Rack Only Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Rinse & Hold 1st Edition/Revision 0-A Monday, April 24, 2000 B A Page F-3A SHU 99 Dishwasher Test Program TEST* TIME NOTES Draining 30 seconds Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes Input current < 1 A Heating & Circulating (water circulates before unit stops filling) Until water temperature reaches º º 150 F (65 C) Input current ~ 11 A and dispenser actuator comes on Draining 60 seconds *To skip Heating & Circulating test: SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) models SHU 991x/2x (Integra) models Press SCRUB WASH button. Press SCRUB WASH button. SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) MODELS To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check program indicator lights (POWER SCRUB PLUS, SCRUB WASH, REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD), press and hold each program button. When SCRUB WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN light also comes on. To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When testing has ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit: POWER SCRUB PLUS SCRUB WASH REGULAR WASH = = = Heater fault Water filling fault (over or under filling) NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an NTC fault To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), SCRUB WASH light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), REGULAR WASH light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit. SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) models program buttons & indicator lights: ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ Clean Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Rinse & Hold See page F-3B for SHU 991x/992x (Integra) Models 1st Edition/Revision 1 Monday, October 9, 2000 B A Page F-3B SHU 99 Dishwasher Test Program TEST* TIME NOTES Draining 30 seconds Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes Input current < 1 A Heating & Circulating (water circulates before unit stops filling) Until water temperature reaches º º 150 F (65 C) Input current ~ 11 A and dispenser actuator comes on Draining 60 seconds *To skip Heating & Circulating test: SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) models SHU 991x/992x (Integra) models Press SCRUB WASH button. Press SCRUB WASH button. SHU 991x/992x (Integra) MODELS To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check program indicator lights (POWER SCRUB PLUS, SCRUB WASH, REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD), press and hold each program button. When SCRUB WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN light also comes on and an audible tone (“beep”) also occurs. To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When testing has ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit: POWER SCRUB PLUS SCRUB WASH REGULAR WASH = = = Heater fault Water filling fault (over or under filling) NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an NTC fault To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), SCRUB WASH light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain where º testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), REGULAR WASH light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit. SHU 991x/992x (Integra) models propgram buttons & indicator lights: ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ Clean Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Rinse & Hold See page F-3A for SHU 9902/9905/9906 (Millennium) Models 1st Edition/Revision 1 Monday, October 9, 2000 B A Page F-4 SHU 33 Dishwasher Test Program TEST* TIME NOTES Draining 30 seconds Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes Input current < 1 A Heating & Circulating (water circulates before unit stops filling) Until water temperature reaches º º 150 F (65 C) Input current ~ 11 A and dispenser actuator comes on Draining 60 seconds * To skip Heating & Circulating test: SHU 33 models Press REGULAR WASH button. SHU 33 MODELS To start test program, press and hold both POWER SCRUB PLUS and RINSE & HOLD program buttons, then turn unit on by pressing ON/OFF button. When program buttons are released, lights above them will flash. To end test program, press ON/OFF button. To check program indicator lights (POWER SCRUB PLUS, REGULAR WASH and RINSE & HOLD), press and hold each program button. When REGULAR WASH program button is pressed, CLEAN light also comes on. To start testing, press both POWER SCRUB PLUS and RINSE & HOLD buttons a second time. When testing has ended and a fault was detected, the following indicator lights will be lit: POWER SCRUB PLUS REGULAR WASH RINSE & HOLD = = = Heater fault Water filling fault (over or under filling) NTC (temperature sensor) fault – note circulation motor stops shortly after it started during an NTC fault To check for heater, high limit or flow switch problems, start testing until heating starts. Using a meter with a current coil, measure current going into dishwasher. If current is ~ 11 A, then heater, high limit and flow switch are OK. If current stays at ~ 1.5-2 A, then heater, high limit or flow switch are faulty. If water level switch (f 1 ) has failed (opened), REGULAR WASH light will come on and unit will continually fill and drain º where testing won't be completed. If flow switch (e 5 ) has failed (opened), water won't heat (to 150 F) and water won’t stop circulating. If NTC probe (f 2 / f 4 ) has failed (opened), RINSE & HOLD light will come on immediately and testing will end shortly after water has started circulating. If more than one fault occurs, more than one light will be lit. SHU 33 models program buttons & indicator lights: Clean Power Scrub Plus Regular Wash Rinse & Hold ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ l l Cancel Drain 1st Edition/Revision 0-A Monday, April 24, 2000 H Major Appliances Technical Manual For: BOSCH Effective August 1, 2000 2nd Edition/Rev. 1 This BSH Major Appliances Technical Manual supersedes all BSH Major Appliances Technical Manuals previously published. BSH Home Appliances 5551 McFadden Avenue Huntington Beach, CA 92649 A B TABLE OF CONTENTS MODEL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM WIRING DIAGRAM DISHWASHERS SHI 4302 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 SHI 4302 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 SHI 4306 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 SHI 4306 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6802 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6802 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6805 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6805 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6806 UC/06 ....................................................... 36 SHI 6806 UC/10 ....................................................... 36 SHU 3002 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 SHU 3006 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 SHU 3012 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 SHU 3016 UC/06 ..................................................... 33 SHU 3032 UC/06 ..................................................... 62 SHU 3032 UC/10 ..................................................... 62 SHU 3036 UC/06 ..................................................... 62 SHU 3036 UC/10 ..................................................... 62 SHU 3302 UC/06 ..................................................... 60 SHU 3302 UC/10 ..................................................... 60 SHU 3305 UC/06 ..................................................... 60 SHU 3305 UC/10 ..................................................... 60 SHU 3306 UC/06 ..................................................... 60 SHU 3306 UC/10 ..................................................... 60 SHU 4002 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4002 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4006 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4006 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4016 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4016 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4022 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4022 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4026 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4026 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4036 UC/06 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4036 UC/10 ..................................................... 41 SHU 4302 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4302 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4306 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4306 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4312 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4312 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4316 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 4316 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 37 37 37 37 39 39 39 39 39 39 34 34 34 34 63 63 63 63 61 61 61 61 61 61 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 i TIMING DIAGRAM – – – – – – – – – – 35 35 35 35 64 64 64 64 – – – – – – 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 – – – – – – – – TEST PROGRAM 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 – – – – – – – – 67 67 67 67 67 67 – – – – – – – – – – – – 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 A B TABLE OF CONTENTS MODEL CIIRCUIT DIAGRAM WIRING DIAGRAM SHU 5302 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5302 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5304 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5304 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5305 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5305 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5306 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5306 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5312 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5312 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5314 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5314 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5315 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5315 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5316 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 5316 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6802 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6802 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6805 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6805 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6806 UC/06 ..................................................... 36 SHU 6806 UC/10 ..................................................... 36 SHU 9902 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9902 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9905 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9905 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9906 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9906 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9912 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9912 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9915 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9915 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9916 UC/06 ..................................................... 48 SHU 9916 UC/10 ..................................................... 48 SHV 4303 UC/06 ...................................................... 48 SHV 4303 UC/10 ...................................................... 48 SHV 4803 UC/06 ...................................................... 48 SHV 4803 UC/07 ...................................................... 48 SHV 4803 UC/10 ...................................................... 48 SMI 7052 US/08 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7052 US/09 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7052 UC/09 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7052 UC/14 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7052 UC/14 FD 7402 and above ............... 16 SMI 7056 US/08 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7056 US/09 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7056 UC/09 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7056 UC/14 ....................................................... 10 SMI 7056 UC/14 FD 7402 and above ............... 16 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 39 39 39 39 39 39 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 12 12 12 13 14 12 12 12 13 14 ii TIMING DIAGRAM – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 TEST PROGRAM 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 65 65 65 65 65 – – – – – – – – – – A B TABLE OF CONTENTS MODEL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM SMU 2042 UC/09 ..................................................... 01 SMU 2042 UC/13 ..................................................... 01 SMU 2042 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 SMU 2046 UC/09 ..................................................... 01 SMU 2046 UC/13 ..................................................... 01 SMU 2046 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 SMU 3032 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 SMU 3036 UC/14 ..................................................... 01 SMU 4052 US/01 ..................................................... 04 SMU 4052 US/08 ..................................................... 05 SMU 4052 US/09 ..................................................... 04 SMU 4052 US/09 FD 7301 and above ............. 05 SMU 4052 UC/09 ..................................................... 05 SMU 4052 UC/14 ..................................................... 05 SMU 4056 US/01 ..................................................... 04 SMU 4056 US/09 ..................................................... 04 SMU 4056 US/09 FD 7301 and above ............. 05 SMU 4056 UC/09 ..................................................... 05 SMU 4056 UC/14 ..................................................... 05 SMU 4092 UC/14 ..................................................... 17 SMU 4096 UC/14 ..................................................... 17 SMU 7052 US/02 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7052 US/09 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7052 UC/09 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7052 UC/09 FD 7211 and above ............. 10 SMU 7052 UC/14 ..................................................... 10 SMU 7052 UC/14 FD 7407 and above ............. 16 SMU 7056 US/02 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7056 US/09 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7056 UC/09 ..................................................... 09 SMU 7056 UC/09 FD 7211 and above ............. 10 SMU 7056 UC/14 ..................................................... 10 SMU 7056 UC/14 FD 7407 and above ............. 16 GAS COOKTOPS NHT 712 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 715 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 716 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 722 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 725 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 726 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 912 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 915 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 916 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 922 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 925 EUC ............................................................ 32 NHT 926 EUC ............................................................ 32 iii WIRING DIAGRAM TIMING DIAGRAM TEST PROGRAM 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 02 06 07 06 07 07 07 06 06 07 07 07 18 18 11 11 11 12 13 14 11 11 11 12 13 14 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 03 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 08 19 19 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – — — — — — — — — — — — — – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – A B TABLE OF CONTENTS MODEL CIIRCUIT DIAGRAM WIRING DIAGRAM ELECTRIC COOKTOPS NKT 712 EUC ............................................................. 21 NKT 715 EUC ............................................................. 21 NKT 716 EUC ............................................................. 21 NKT 722 EUC ............................................................. 55 NKT 725 EUC ............................................................. 55 NKT 726 EUC ............................................................. 55 NKT 912 EUC ............................................................. 23 NKT 915 EUC ............................................................. 23 NKT 916 EUC ............................................................. 23 NKT 922 EUC ............................................................. 57 NKT 925 EUC ............................................................. 57 NKT 926 EUC ............................................................. 57 OVENS HBL 532 AUC ............................................................ 24 HBL 535 AUC ............................................................ 24 HBL 536 AUC ............................................................ 24 HBL 542 AUC ............................................................ 26 HBL 545 AUC ............................................................ 26 HBL 546 AUC ............................................................ 26 HBL 552 AUC ............................................................ 28 HBL 555 AUC ............................................................ 28 HBL 556 AUC ............................................................ 28 HBL 562 AUC ............................................................ 30 HBL 565 AUC ............................................................ 30 HBL 566 AUC ............................................................ 30 HBL 632 AUC ............................................................ 50 HBL 635 AUC ............................................................ 50 HBL 636 AUC ............................................................ 50 HBL/HBN 642 AUC ................................................ 51 HBL/HBN 645 AUC ................................................ 51 HBL/HBN 646 AUC ................................................ 51 HBL/HBN 652 AUC ................................................ 52 HBL/HBN 655 AUC ................................................ 52 HBL/HBN 656 AUC ................................................ 52 HBL/HBN 662 AUC ................................................ 53 HBL/HBN 665 AUC ................................................ 53 HBL/HBN 666 AUC ................................................ 53 WASHER WFK 2401 UC/01 ..................................................... 44 DRYERS WTA 3500 UC/01 ..................................................... 46 WTL 5400 UC/01 ..................................................... 46 DOWNDRAFTS DHD 805 AUC ............................................................ — DHD 865 AUC ............................................................ — DHD 905 AUC ............................................................ — DHD 965 AUC ............................................................ — DHG 565 AUC ............................................................ — iv TIMING DIAGRAM TEST PROGRAM 20 20 20 54 54 54 22 22 22 56 56 56 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 25 25 25 27 27 27 29A/B 29A/B 29A/B 31A/B 31A/B 31A/B — — — — — — — — — — — — – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 45 – – 47 47 – – – – 59 58 59 58 — – – – – – – – – – – 1 3 3a 2 4 4a SMU 20/30 N L1 a1 3 7 s2 b m1 CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID ON/OFF LAMP TIMER CONTACTS f4 161˚F 8 u2 u3 m2 m3 r1 s2 h1 u– ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F TIMER MOTOR 2 4 8 11 11 9 current path 6 a b Symbol Key 5 u1 b2 Symbol Key m3 b 4 3 a1 e1 f4 f5 f6 m1 4 h1 e1 9 a 2 1 a 10 5 11 7 3 – current path u8 10 a RINSE & HOLD REGULAR POTS & PANS b u6 b1 b1 + b2 11 f5 185˚F r1 Hz f6 185˚F Selector Switch Contacts m2 b1 b u4 A B DIAGRAM #1 PE3 N L1 GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–r1 GNYE–PE–2 WH–a1–3a BK–a1–4a WHVT–a1–3 WHGN–m3 1M 2 1 3 RD–f5–1 BURD–f6–3 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2 1 2 GNYE–r1 BN–k1 WH–f6–2 YE–u3b 1 WH–u8a WH–f6–2 RD–r1 4a 4 3a 3 a1 BURD–r1 H1 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–1L–PE3 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK = = = = = = = = = = black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink BUWH–u3a BN–m3 b1 2 b1 1 b2 4 b2 3 b 3 185˚F 2 WH–f5–2 WH–f4 GYBK–u6a WH–u8a GN–u4a VT–u2b BURD–e1 SMU 20/30 BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3 Capacitor – k1 1 High Limit – f6 WHVT–u–m1 WHVT–f5–3 On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b Water Solenoid – s2 Ground – PE 3 185˚F 2 High Limit – f5 WHGN–u4b BK–k1 Circulation Motor – m2 GYRD–m3 YE–f4 WHVT–a1–3 161˚F WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1 WH–1L–N WHRD–a1–4 BURD–b2–3 BURD–u6 Thermostats – f4 Heaing Element – r1 m1 BUWH–s2 WH–b1–2 WH–f5–2 GYBK–f6–1 GYBK–u6b BURD–e1 Door Switch – e1 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 909 Terminal Block – 1L GNYE–1L–PE3 BN–s2 GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5–3 BK–k1 Drain Motor – m3 GN–b1–1 VT–b2–4 WHGN–m2–1 GYBK–u6a 2 2a 2b 1a 1b 1 4 4a 4b 3a 3b 3 6 6a 6b 5a 5b 5 8a 7a 7b 7 8b 8 Timer – u DIAGRAM #2 A B 5 4 3 2 a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b PRE–WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE–RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 5 5 50 5 55 60 f4 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 30 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 f4 55 60 5 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 5 OFF OFF P R O 161˚F /161˚F G R 161˚F /161˚F A M WASH/RINSE OPERATION P F U H = DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING OPERATION KEY 161˚ 161˚ R = DETERGENT DISPENSING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING T = DRYING 161˚ 161˚ WASH STALL RINSE STALL SMU 20/30 P F+U U U U U P Stop F+U F+U F+U H+U+R H+U H+U U U U U U U U U P F+U P F+U U U U P+U F+U U U U P F+U H+U H+U U+K U U U U P H T T T T T T T T T T H P TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 TIME IN SECONDS 6 C O 7 N 8 T A C T S T I M E R 1 Pots & Pans Regular Rinse & Hold Timer Motor Heating Drying Block Economy Filling 161˚F Thermostat Timer Stop Circulation Draining A B DIAGRAM #3 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 844 2 5 ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH THERMOSTAT 125˚F THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F 2 4 7 6 8 11 11 current path 4 a m1 5 6 6 b3 f3 125˚F a 7 TIMER MOTOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID ON/OFF LAMP TIMER CONTACTS m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 h1 u– 3 m3 b u1 b2 Symbol Key 3 3a h1 2 4 a1 e1 e6 f3 f4 f5 f6 1 4 4a e1 e6 b u3 8 u2 f4 161˚F 6 10 5 11 7 3 – current path s2 b RINSE & HOLD ECONOMY REGULAR POTS & PANS 5 1 b1 + b3 b1 b1 + b2 Selector Switch Contacts 9 a u8 a m2 b1 b u4 11 f5 185˚F r1 f6 185˚F b SMU 4052/4056 US/01 & US/09 up to FD 7212 10 a u6 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 843 Symbol Key N L1 a1 DIAGRAM #4 A B 2 6 b3 a 7 s2 e6 b 8 f4 161˚F 9 a ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH THERMOSTAT 125˚F THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F 2 4 7 6 8 11 11 current path TIMER MOTOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID ON/OFF LAMP TIMER CONTACTS 6 10 5 11 7 3 – current path u8 b1 + b3 b1 + b4 b1 + b2 + b4 RINSE & HOLD ECONOMY REGULAR POTS & PANS 5 m1 5 6 f3 125˚F u3 u2 Selector Switch Contacts 4 a b m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 h1 u– 3 m3 b u1 b2 Symbol Key 3 3a h1 2 4 a1 e1 e6 f3 f4 f5 f6 1 4 4a e1 Symbol Key N L1 a1 5 1 a m2 b1 b 10 a 11 f5 185˚F r1 Hz f6 185˚F 2 2a b u6 b4 SMU 4052 US/08 & SMU 4052/4056 US/09 above FD 7301, UC/09 & UC/14 u4 A B DIAGRAM #5 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 865 4a 4 3a 3 a1 PE3 N L1 GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–r1 GNYE–PE–2 WH–a1–3a BK–a1–4a H1 WHVT–u–m1 WHVT–f5 VT–u2b GN–u4a 1M 2 1 3 2 4 BU–s2 BN–k1 GNYE–r1 WHGN–u4b BK–k1 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–1L–PE3 BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3 Capacitor – k1 1 2 Ground – PE RD–f5 GYBK–f6 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2 Heating Element – r1 Circulation Motor – m2 b3 6 b1 + b3 5 b2 4 b4 3 b2 2 b1 1 b RD–f3 WH–u8a BURD–e1 GYRD–m3 YE–f4 WHVT–a1–3 1 BUWH–u3a Float Switch – e6 WHRD–a1–4 BURD–b2–4 BURD–u6 Door Switch – e1 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK = = = = = = = = = = 125˚F GYBK–r1 WH–u8a YE–u3b BU–e6–2 BN–m3 185˚F 185˚F WHVT–a1–3 WHGN–m3 GYBK–u6a SMU 4052/4056 US/01 & US/09 up to FD 7212 BN–s2 GNYE–1L–PE3 GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5 BK–k1 Drain Motor – m3 f6 f5 High Limits – f5 & f6 RD–r1 black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink 161˚F Water Solenoid – s2 RD–b3–6 BN–u1a Thermostats —f3 & f4 f3 f4 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 814 Terminal Block – 1L WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1 WH–1L–N m1 BUWH–e6–1 WH–b3–5 WH–f4 GYBK–f6 GYBK–u6b BURD–e1 On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b BN–f3 GN–b1–1 VT–b2–2 WHGN–m2–1 GYBK–u6a 2 2a 2b 1a 1b 1 4 4a 4b 3a 3b 3 6 6a 6b 5a 5b 5 8a 7a 7b 7 8b 8 Timer – u DIAGRAM #6 A B m1 GYRD–m3 YE–f4 WHVT–a1–3 BUWH–e6–1 WH–b3–5 WH–f5–2 GYBK–f6–1 GYBK–b4–2 BURD–e1 4a 4 3a 3 a1 H1 2a PE3 N L1 b b3 6 GYBK–u6a b1 + b3 5 RD–u6b b2 4 b4 3 b4 b2 2 b1 1 2 WHVT–u–m1 WHVT–f5–3 GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–r1 GNYE–PE–2 WH–a1–3a BK–a1–4a VT–u2b GN–u4a RD–f3 WH–u8a BURD–e1 1M 2 3 BU–s2 BU–e6–2 BN–m3 BN–k1 GNYE–r1 WHGN–u4b BK–k1 RD–f5–1 1 2 BURD–f6–3 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2 Heating Element – r1 Circulation Motor – m2 1 2 Water Solenoid – s2 1 4 BURD–r1 WHVT–a1–3 WHGN–m3 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK = = = = = = = = = = black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–1L–PE3 161˚F 1 1 WH–f5–2 WH–f4 GYBK–u6a WH–u8a WH–f6–2 RD–r1 WH–f6–2 YE–u3b SMU 4052 US/08 & SMU 4052/4056 US/09 above FD 7301, UC/09 & UC/14 GNYE–1L–PE3 BN–s2 GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5–3 BK–k1 Drain Motor – m3 3 185˚F 2 High Limit – f6 3 185˚F 2 High Limit – f5 RD–b3–6 BN–u1a Thermostats – f3 & f4 f4 125˚F f3 Ground – PE BUWH–u3a Float Switch – e6 WHRD–a1–4 BURD–b2–4 BURD–u6 Door Switch – e1 BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3 Capacitor – k1 On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b Terminal Block – 1L WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1 WH–1L–N BN–f3 GN–b1–1 VT–b2–2 WHGN–m2–1 RD–b4–2a 2 2a 2b 1a 1b 1 4 4a 4b 3a 3b 3 6 6a 6b 5a 5b 5 8a 7a 7b 7 8b 8 Timer – u A B DIAGRAM #7 c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 866 5 4 3 2 PRE–WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE–RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 5 5 50 5 55 60 f3/f4 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 30 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 f4 55 60 5 55 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 5 OFF OFF P R 125˚F /161˚F O 161˚F /161˚F G R 161˚F /161˚F A M WASH/RINSE OPERATION = DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING R = DETERGENT DISPENSING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING T = DRYING 161˚ 161˚ SMU 4052/4056 all 1 Unheated Dry Cycle • SMU 4000 US/09 FD7312 & ABOVE UC/09+ Pots & Pans Regular Economy 1 Rinse & Hold Timer Motor Heating Drying Block Economy Filling 161˚F Thermostat Timer Stop Circulation 125˚F Thermostat Draining c/u 1 737 203 495 1 739 910 844 P F U H OPERATION KEY 161˚ 161˚ RINSE STALL 161˚ 125˚ WASH STALL P F+U U U U U P Stop F+U F+U F+U H+U+R H+U H+U U U U U U U U U P F+U P F+U U U U P+U F+U U U U P F+U H+U H+U U+K U U U U P H T T T T T T T T T T H P TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 TIME IN SECONDS 6 C O 7 N 8 T A C T S T I M E R 1 a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b DIAGRAM #8 A B 1 N L1 3a 2 4 4 8 13 9 10 5 5 5 f5 185˚F r1 f6 185˚F a ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH REED SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH THERMOSTAT 105˚F THERMOSTAT 125˚F THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F current path 6 b 7 m2 a u3 h4 b 8 f3 s2 e6 9 b a u7 10 f4 a m1 12–6 b uK m3 RINSE & HOLD QUICK WASH ECONOMY LIGHT CHINA REGULAR POTS & PANS CANCEL DRAIN a b/8 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b1 & b2 uK 16 17 4 2 5 1 15 3 3 14 4 2 12 5 1 b4 b5 b6 b/6 SMU 7052/7056 US/02, US 09 & VC/09 up to FD 7210 14 U–12/ b/ b3 b2 a1 b1 b2 b3 b/7 f2 105˚F 12 13 b u1 Selector Switch Contacts 11 125˚F 161˚F a u5 ON/OFF LAMP 3 RINSE AID LAMP 4 CLEAN LAMP 7 TIMER MOTOR 11 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 DRAIN MOTOR 12 HEATING ELEMENT 5 WATER SOLENOID 8 RAPID ADVANCE SOLENOID 14 TIMER CONTACTS – current path h1 h3 h4 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 uk u– 4 h3 e3 b u2 Symbol Key 3 h1 e1 a1 e1 e3 e6 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 3 4 Symbol Key 2 a1 4a 51 A B DIAGRAM #9 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 821 1 N L1 3a 2 f5 185˚F 5 a current path ON/OFF SWITCH 2 DOOR SWITCH 4 REED SWITCH 4 FLOAT SWITCH 8 THERMOSTAT 105˚ F 13 THERMOSTAT 125˚ F 9 THERMOSTAT 161˚ F 10 HIGH LIMIT 185˚ F 5 HIGH LIMIT 185˚ F 5 6 b 7 m2 2 2a a u3 h4 b1 b 8 b a u7 9 s2 e6 f3 10 f4 a m1 b uK RINSE & HOLD QUICK WASH ECONOMY LIGHT CHINA REGULAR POTS & PANS CANCEL DRAIN 8 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b1 & b2 14 17 1 5 16 2 4 15 3 3 14 4 2 12 5 1 b4 b5 b6 b–6 SMI 7052/7056 US/08, US/09, UC/09 & UC/14 and SMU 7052/7056 UC/09 above FD 7211 & UC/14 up to FD 7406 uK 12/ b/ b3 b2 a1 b1 b2 b3 b/7 f2 105˚F a u1 12 13 b m3 51 Selector Switch Contacts 12–6 11 125˚F 161˚F a u5 ON/OFF LAMP 3 RINSE AID LAMP 4 CLEAN LAMP 7 TIMER MOTOR 11 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 DRAIN MOTOR 12 HEATING ELEMENT 5 WATER SOLENOID 8 RAPID ADVANCE SOLENOID 14 TIMER CONTACTS – current path h1 h3 h4 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 uk u– 4 h3 e3 r1 f6 185˚F b u2 Symbol Key 3 h1 e1 a1 e1 e3 e6 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 3 4 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 821 Symbol Key a1 4a DIAGRAM #10 A B 123456 U–12 H4 Clean H3 Rinse 4a a1 3a 4 3 WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1 H1 WH–1L–N BK–h3+h4 WHGN–f5 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 b/ L1 WH–f2 WH–f2 WHVT–e1 WH–u–12–1 WH–u–12–2 WH–u–12–3 WH–u–12–4 WH–u–12–5 1M 2 1 3 PE3 N L1 WH–f3 YE–u7b GYBK–r1 RD–r1 GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–PE–2 GNYE–r1 WH–a1–3a BK–a1–4a 1 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK RD–f5 = = = = = = = = = = black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink GYBK–f6 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2 1 GYBK–u2a WHGN–m3 WHVT–a1–3 4 2 BUWH–u5b BU–s2 SMU 7052/7056 US/02, US/09 & UC/09 up to FD 7210 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–1L–PE3 Ground – PE BU–e6–2 BN–m3 2 185˚F 185˚F Float Switch – e6 f6 f5 High Limits – f5 & f6 Water Solenoid – s2 161˚F f4 BNWH–h3 WHRD–e1 Heating Element – r1 GNYE–1L–PE3 Terminal Block – 1L BN–k1 GNYE–r1 WHGN–u3b BK–k1 WH–f4 WH–u8a GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5 BK–k1 BN–s2 Drain Motor – m3 Circulation Motor – m2 VT–u3a BK–a1–3 BK–u–L2–6 BNWH–e3 WH–b7 WH–b8 BN–u5a 105˚F GY–u1a 125˚F f2 S N Reed Switch – e3 Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4 f3 WHVT–b6 WHVT–u2 WHRD–e3 WHRD–a1–4 Door Switch – e1 Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4 BN–f3 WH–f3 BUWH–e6–1 YE–f4 WHGN–m2–1 GYRD–m3 VT–h4 GY–f2 GYBK–u2a GYBK–f6 GYBK–u2b WGVT–e1 On – Off / Selector Switches – a1 & b BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3 Capacitor – k1 WH–b5 WH–b4 WH–b3 WH–b2 WH–b1 BK–h3+h4 2 2a 2b 1a 1b 1 4 4a 4b 3a 3b 3 6 6a 6b 5a 5b 5 8a 7a 7b 7 8b 8 Timer – u A B DIAGRAM #11 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 822 123456 U–12/ h4 Clean h3 Rinse a1 4a 3a 4 3 WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1 H1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 b/ L1 WH–f2 WH–f2 WHVT–e1 WH–u–12–1 WH–u–12–2 WH–u–12–3 WH–u–12–4 WH–u–12–5 1M 2 1 3 PE3 N L1 WH–f3 YE–u7b GYBK–r1 RD–r1 GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–PE–2 GNYE–r1 WH–a1–3a BK–a1–4a 1 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK = = = = = = = = = = RD–f5 black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink GYBK–f6 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2 4 2 BUWH–u5b BU–s2 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–1L–PE3 SMI 7052/7056 US/08, US/09 & UC /09 and SMU 7052/7056 UC/09 above 7211 1 GYBK–u2a WHGN–m3 WHVT–a1–3 Ground – PE BU–e6–2 BN–m3 2 185˚F 185˚F Float Switch – e6 f6 f5 High Limits – f5 & f6 Water Solenoid – s2 161˚F f4 BNWH–h3 WHRD–e1 Heating Element – r1 GNYE–1L–PE3 Terminal Block – 1L GNYE–r1 BN–k1 WHGN–u3b BK–k1 WH–f4 WH–u8a GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5 BK–k1 BN–s2 Drain Motor – m3 Circulation Motor – m2 VT–u3a BK–a1–3 BK–u–L2–6 BNWH–e3 WH–b7 WH–b8 BN–u5a 105˚F GY–u1a 125˚F f2 S N Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4 f3 WHVT–b6 WHVT–u2 WHRD–e3 WHRD–a1–4 Reed Switch – e3 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 860 WH–1L–N BK–h3+h4 WHGN–f5 On/Off Selector Switches – a1 & b BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3 BN–f3 WH–f3 BUWH–e6–1 YE–f4 WHGN–m2–1 GYRD–m3 VT–h4 GY–f2 GYBK–u2a GYBK–f6 GYBK–u2b WGVT–e1 Door Switch – e1 Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4 Motor Capacitor – k1 WH–b5 WH–b4 WH–b3 WH–b2 WH–b1 BK–h3+h4 2 2a 2b 1a 1b 1 4 4a 4b 3a 3b 3 6 6a 6b 5a 5b 5 8a 7a 7b 7 8b 8 Timer – u DIAGRAM #12 A B 2 2a 2b a1 4a 3a 2 3 GNYE–r1 BN–k1 WHGN–u3b BK–k1 4 3 b1 VT–u3a VT–h4 2 WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1 h1 2a WHGN–f5–3 BK–h3+h4 WH–1L–N 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 b/ On/Off Selector Switch – a1 1M 1 Circulation Motor – m2 BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3 185˚F 2 3 1 h4 Clean L1 PE3 N L1 GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–PE–2 GNYE–r1 WH–a1–3a BK–a1–4a Terminal Block – 1L GNYE–1L–PE3 GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5–3 BK–k1 BN–s2 Drain Motor – m3 VT–b1–2a BK–a1–3 BK–u–12–6 BNWH–e3 Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4 h3 Rinse 105˚F f2 High Limit – f5 WHVT–b6 WHVT–u2 WHRD–e3 WHRD–a1–4 Door Switch – e1 BN–f3 WH–f5-2 BUWH–e6–1 WHGN–a1–3 WHGN–m3 YE–f4 WHGN–m2–1 GYRD–m3 VT–b1–2 GY–f2 GYBK–u2a GYBK–f6–1 GYBK–u2b WGVT–e1 WH–f2 WH–f2 WHVT–e1 WH–u–12–1 WH–u–12–2 WH–u–12–3 WH–u–12–4 WH–u–12–5 Motor Capacitor – k1 123456 WH–b5 WH–b4 WH–b3 WH–b2 WH–b1 BK–h3+h4 U–12/ 1a 1b 1 4 4a 4b 3a 3b 3 6 6a 6b 5a 5b 5 8a 7a 7b 7 8b 8 Timer – u 4 2 BUWH–u5b BU–s2 1 2 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK = = = = = = = = = = GNYE–1L–PE3 black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink 3 WH–f4 WH–f3 GYBK–u2a BU–e6–2 S N BNWH–h3 WHRD–e1 Reed Switch – e3 Full BN–m3 Water Solenoid – s2 1 WH–f6–2 YE–u7b SMI 7052/7056 UC/14 up to FD 7401 and SMU 7052/7056 UC/14 up to FD 7406 185˚F 2 GNYE–1L–PE3 Ground – PE RD–f5–1 161˚F f4 High Limit – f6 WH–f6–2 WH–f5–2 BN–u5a BURD–f6–3 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2 Heating Element – r1 1 BURD–r1 125˚F Float Switch – e6 WH–u7a WH–f3 RD–r1 WH–b7 WH–b8 GY–u1a Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4 f3 A B DIAGRAM #13 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 933 U–12/ 123456 a1 4a 3 BN–k1 GNYE–r1 4 3 b1 VT–u3a VT–h4 2 WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1 h1 2a WHGN–f5–3 BK–h3+h4 WH–1L–N 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 b/ On/Off Selector Switch – a1 2 WHGN–u3b BK–k1 185˚F 2 3 RD–e1 YE–u–12–3 GN–f2 WH–u–12–4 BNWH–u–12–5 BURD–u–12–2 VT–f2 VTBK–u–12–1 h4 Clean L1 PE3 N L1 GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–PE–2 GNYE–r1 WH–a1–3a BK–a1–4a Terminal Block – 1L GNYE–1L–PE3 GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5–3 BK–k1 BN–s2 Drain Motor – m3 VT–b1–2a BK–a1–3 BK–u–L2–6 BNWH–e3 Clean/Rinse Aid Lamps – h3/h4 h3 Rinse 105˚F f2 1 High Limit – f5 RD–b8 WHVT–u2 WHRD–a1–4 Door Switch – e1 BN–f3 WH–f5–2 BUWH–e6–1 WHGN–a1–3 WHGN–m3 YE–f4 WHGN–m2–1 GYRD–m3 VT–b–2b GY–f2 GYBK–u2a WHVT–e1 WHRD–e3 GYBK–f6–1 GYBK–u2b 4 2 BUWH–u5b BU–s2 Float Switch – e6 WH–u7a WH–f3 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK 1 2 = = = = = = = = = = black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink GYBK–u2a WH–f4 WH–f3 BU–e6–2 S N BNWH–h3 WHRD–u2 Reed Switch – e3 Full BN–m3 Water Solenoid – s2 1 WH–f6–2 YE–u7b SMI 7052/7056 UC/14 above FD 7402 and SMU 7052/7056 UC/14 above FD 7407 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–1L–PE3 Ground – PE 3 185˚F 2 BURD–f6–3 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2 RD–f5–1 161˚F f4 High Limit – f6 WH–f6–2 WH–f5–2 BN–u5a Heating Element – r1 1 125˚F RD–r1 BURD–r1 GN–b6 VT–b2 GY–u1a Thermostats – f2, f3 & f4 f3 c/u 1 737 203 490 3a 1M 1 BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3 Motor Capacitor – k1 Circulation Motor – m2 VTBK–b1 BURD–b3 YE–b7 WH–b5 BNWH–b4 BK–h3+h4 2 2a 2b 1a 1b 1 4 4a 4b 3a 3b 3 6 6a 6b 5a 5b 5 8a 7a 7b 7 8b 8 Timer – u DIAGRAM #14 A B 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 7 6 5 4 3 2 a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b PRE–WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE–RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING P R O G R A M 161˚F/161˚F 161˚F/161˚F 161˚F/161˚F 125˚F/161˚F 105˚F/161˚F WASH/RINSE OPERATION 2.5 25 30 30 90 120 120 30 30 60 60 60 f3 / f4 f3 / f2 115 120 120 60 60 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 120 60 60 60 60 120 f3 f3 / f4 f3 52.5 30 30 60 60 60 60 120 60 60 60 60 60 2.5 P F U H = DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING OPERATION KEY R K T ••• 161˚ 161˚ 161˚ WASH STALL = DETERGENT DISPENSING = RINSE–AID DISPENSING = DRYING = RAPID ADVANCE 125˚ 161˚ 161˚ 161˚ 161˚ 161˚ SMI/SHU 7052/7056 all RINSE STALL P P F+U F+U U U U U+P P F+U R U+H U+H U+H U+H U U U U U U+P P F+U P F+U U U P F+U U U U U P F+U U+H U+H K U+H U+H U U+H U+H U+H P T T T T T T H P 105˚ OFF OFF TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 TIME IN SECONDS C O N T A C T S T I M E R 1 Pots & Pans Regular Light China Economy Quick Wash Rinse & Hold Economy–China Quick Wash Rinse & Hold START Regular Timer Motor 161˚F Thermostat 125˚F Thermostat Filling 105˚F Thermostat Draining Heating Drying Clean Lamp Circulation A B DIAGRAM #15 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 910 823 1 N L1 6 7 m2 2 2a a h4 b1 b 8 b a 9 s2 e6 f3 10 f4 11 a m1 12–6 u7 125˚F 161˚F a u5 b uK m3 ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH REED SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH THERMOSTAT 105˚F THERMOSTAT 125˚F THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F current path ON/OFF LAMP 3 RINSE AID LAMP 4 CLEAN LAMP 7 TIMER MOTOR 11 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 DRAIN MOTOR 12 HEATING ELEMENT 5 WATER SOLENOID 8 RAPID ADVANCE SOLENOID 14 TIMER CONTACTS – current path b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b1 & b2 2 uK 12/ b/ 14 16 2 3 15 3 7 14 4 5 12 5 4 b4 b5 b6 b–8 SMI 7052/7056 UC/14 above FD 7402 and SMU 7052/7056 UC/14 above FD 7407 17 1 1 b3 b2 a1 b1 b2 b3 b/6 f2 105˚F a u1 12 13 b RINSE & HOLD QUICK WASH ECONOMY LIGHT CHINA REGULAR POTS & PANS CANCEL DRAIN 5 b u3 Selector Switch Contacts 2 4 4 8 13 9 10 5 5 f5 185˚F a u2 h1 h3 h4 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 uk u– 4 h3 e3 r1 f6 185˚F b Symbol Key 3 h1 e1 51 a1 e1 e3 e6 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 2 3 4 c/u 1 737 203 490 Symbol Key 3a a1 4a DIAGRAM #16 A B 1 N L1 7 m2 2 2a a h4 b1 b 8 f3 s2 e6 9 b a 10 f4 a m1 12–6 11 125˚F 161˚F a u7 b uK m3 ON/OFF SWITCH DOOR SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH THERMOSTAT 125˚F THERMOSTAT 161˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F HIGH LIMIT 185˚F ON/OFF LAMP CLEAN LAMP 7 TIMER MOTOR 11 CIRCULATION MOTOR 6 DRAIN MOTOR 12 HEATING ELEMENT 5 WATER SOLENOID 8 RAPID ADVANCE SOLENOID 14 TIMER CONTACTS – current path b1 b3 b5 b6 b1 & b3 b3 a u1 12 13 b RINSE & HOLD ECONOMY REGULAR POTS & PANS CANCEL DRAIN 6 b u5 Selector Switch Contacts 2 4 8 9 10 5 5 3 current path 5 a u3 h4 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 uk u– 4 f5 185˚F r1 f6 185˚F b u2 Symbol Key 3 h1 e1 a1 e1 e6 f3 f4 f5 f6 h1 2 3 4 Symbol Key 3a a1 4a 51 uK 12/ b/ 14 17 1 1 15 3 7 14 4 5 b3 SMU 4092/4096 16 2 3 a1 b1 12 5 4 b5 b6 b–8 A B DIAGRAM #17 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 911 103 U–12 123456 2 3 GNYE–r1 BN–k1 WHGN–u3b BK–k1 a1 4a 3a 4 3 WHRD–e1 BK–1L–L1 h1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 b VTBK–u–12–1 RD–e1 YE–u–12–3 GN–u1a WH–u–12–4 BNWH–u–12–5 BURD–u–12–2 3 185˚F2 L1 PE3 N L1 GNYE–PE–1 GNYE–m3 GNYE–PE–2 GNYE–r1 WH–a1–3a BK–a1–4a Terminal Block – 1L GNYE–1L–PE3 GYRD–u1b WHGN–f5–3 BK–k1 BN–s2 1 High Limit – f5 RD–b8 WHVT–u2 WHRD–a1–4 Door Switch – e1 Drain Motor – m3 BK–m3 BK–m2–2 BN–m2–3 Capacitor – k1 BN–f3 WH–f5–2 BUWH–e6–1 WHGN–a1–3 WHGN–m3 YE–f4 WHGN–m2–1 GYRD–m3 GY–b6 GYBK–u2a GYBK–f6–1 GYBK–u2b WHVT–e1 4 2 BUWH–u5b BU–s2 1 2 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK = = = = = = = = = = black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink GNYE–1L–PE3 WH–f4 WH–f3 GYBK–u2a BU–e6–2 S N BNWH–h3 WHRD–u2 Reed Switch – e3 Full BN–m3 Water Solenoid – s2 1 WH–f6–2 YE–u7b SMU 4092/4096 3 185˚F 2 GNYE–1L–PE3 Ground – PE RD–f5–1 161˚F High Limit – f6 WH–f6–2 WH–f5–2 BN–u5a BURD–f6–3 GNYE–1L–PE3 GNYE–m2 Heating Element – r1 1 BURD–r1 Float Switch – e6 WH–u7a WH–f3 RD–r1 125˚F Thermostats – f3 & f4 f3 f4 c/u 1 737 203 490 1 739 911 102 WHGN–f5–3 BK–u–12–6 WH–1L–N On/Off Selector Switches – a1 & b 1M 1 Circulation Motor – m2 VTBK–b1 BURD–b3 YE–b7 WH–b5 BNWH–b4 BK–a1–3 2 2a 2b 1a 1b 1 4 4a 4b 3a 3b 3 6 6a 6b 5a 5b 5 8a 7a 7b 7 8b 8 Timer – u DIAGRAM #18 A B 8 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 7 6 5 4 3 2 a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b PRE–WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE–RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING P R O G 125˚F/161˚F R 161˚F/161˚F A M 161˚F/161˚F WASH/RINSE OPERATION 2.5 25 30 30 90 120 120 30 30 60 60 60 f3 / f4 f3 115 120 120 60 60 30 30 30 30 60 60 60 60 60 60 120 60 60 60 60 120 f3 f3 / f4 f3 52.5 30 30 60 60 60 60 120 60 60 60 60 60 2.5 P F U H = DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING OPERATION KEY R K T ••• = DETERGENT DISPENSING = RINSE–AID DISPENSING = DRYING = RAPID ADVANCE SMU 4092/4096 RINSE STALL 161˚ 161˚ WASH STALL 161˚ 161˚ 161˚ P P F+U F+U U U U U+P P F+U R U+H U+H U+H U+H U U U U U U+P P F+U P F+U U U P F+U U U U U P F+U U+H U+H K U+H U+H U U+H U+H U+H P T T T T T T H P 125˚ OFF OFF TIMER POSITION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 TIME IN SECONDS C O N T A C T S T I M E R 1 Pots & Pans Regular Economy Rinse & Hold Economy–China Quick Wash Rinse & Hold START Regular Timer Motor 161˚F Thermostat 125˚F Thermostat Filling Avance Draining Heating Drying Clean Lamp Circulation A B DIAGRAM #19 c/u 1 737 203 490 > S H H2 2 N2.4 P1 4 N31.S N2.2 N1.4 N1.4A N32 4 4A S H1 H N1.2 N34.2B N32.S N34.2B N4.P1 N3.2 E4 N3.4 2 S 4 P1 H N33 H3 2A 1A N4.4 > > E3 N35.S N31.S N4.2 2B 1B H4 N34 2 P2 4 P1 S1 S2 N2.S1 N3.P1 X7.4 N33.2 X7.2 N3.S1 P2 4 P1 2 X7.3 N32.2 X7.1 P2 4 P1 S1 S2 2 E1.4 N33.4 N3 N2.S2 N32.4 N2 N4.S2 N3.S2 E4 N4 N1.S2 N2.S2 N1.4 N1.4 N1 H7 N4.S2 N1.S2 N1.P2 N2.P2 N3.P2 N4.P2 N1.P1 N2.P1 N3.P1 N4.P1 E10.4A 4 S1 S2 4A P2 4 2 P1 S1 S2 H7 4 3 2 1 N4.S1 N3.S1 N1.S1 N2.S1 H1–5 X7.4 N34.2A X7.2 N33.S N31.4 H10 H7 X7.3 N31.2 X7.1 N4.S1 N1.P2 X7 GND L2 L1 1000W 1300W 1500W 1700W 1800W Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Element Element Element Element Element X7 NKT 71 Terminal Block Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N1 N2 N3 N4 N31 H1 H2 H3 H4 H7 H10 E1 E10 E2 E3 E4 SYMBOL KEY 143-62106-001 E2 E10 E1 > 2 P1 4 H10 N31 H3 H2 N4.P2 N34.1B N33.H H4 H1 N32.H N31.H DIAGRAM #20 A B 1 N32 2 3 H2 H H X7 GND 3 L2 4 H1 N31 S S X7 2 L1 1 4 5 H3 N33 H S 6 7 H4 N34 1B 2B 8 S2 S2 S2 S1 9 10 11 H7 S2 S1 12 N1 N2 N3 N4 S1 S1 13 14 E10 4A H10 18 19 16 17 20 21 22 4 23 P2 N2 N3 N33 P2 4 P2 N32 N4 P> 24 P1 P2 4 26 1A 2A 2 25 N4 E4 N34 4 4 E3 P1 2 2 4 N1 4A E2 N33 N3 P> P1 4 4 N32 P1 P1 4 2 2 N2 P> P1 2 2 15 N1 E1 N31 N1 P> P1 Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator N1 N2 N3 N4 27 X7 28 29 30 31 NKT 71 Terminal Block N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H10 1 25 27 23 5 21 3 15 1 9/15/17 10/21 11/23 12/25 1 3 5 7 9 11 19 15 17 21 23 25 CURRENT PATH 1000W 1300W 1500W 1700W 1800W Element Element Element Element Element E1 E10 E2 E3 E4 SYMBOL KEY A B DIAGRAM #21 143-62105-002 > 4 4A S H H2 2 P1 4 N2.4 N32 N1.4 N1.4A S H1 H N31.S N2.2 N1.2 N34.2B N32.S E50 E5 > H5 4 4A S H5 2 H50 N5.4 N5.4A H P1 4 E4 N5.2 N34.2B N33.S N4.P2 N33.H N35 N35.H H3 H4 N34.1B N35.S N4.P1 N3.2 2A N3.4 2 S H3 4 P1 H N33 N4.4 > 1A > E3 N35.S N31.S N4.2 2B 1B H4 N34 N33.2 N3.S1 N2.P1 N5.S1 N3.S1 N2.P2 N35.4 2 P2 4 P1 2 E5.4 E50.4A 4 P2 4 P1 P2 4 P1 S1 S2 4A 2 S1 S2 2 S1 S2 P2 4 P1 S1 S2 2 E1.4 N32.4 N3 N5.S2 N5.4 N5.4 N5 N2.S2 N3.S2 N32.4 N2 N4.S2 N5.S2 E4 N4 N1.S2 N2.S2 N1.4 N1.4 N1 H7 N4.S2 N1.S2 N2.P2 N4.P2 N1.P2 N5.P2 N1.P1 N5.P1 N2.P1 N4.P1 E10.4A 4 P2 4 P1 S1 S2 H7 4 3 2 1 4A H50 X7.4 N35.2 X7.1 N2.S1 N3.S1 N4.S1 N5.S1 N3.P2 X7.3 N32.2 X7.2 N3.P1 N1.S1 N2.S1 H1–5 X7.3 N34.2A X7.2 N33.S N31.4 H10 H7 X7.4 N31.2 X7.1 N4.S1 N1.P2 X7 GND L2 L1 1000W 1300W 1500W 1700W 1800W 1000W 1000W Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator Regulator, Dual Zone Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Element Element Element Element Element Element Element X7 NKT 91 Terminal Block N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N35 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Thermostat N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H10 H50 E1 E10 E2 E3 E4 E5 E50 SYMBOL KEY 143-62106-001 E2 E10 E1 > 2 P1 4 H10 N31 H2 H1 N32.H N31.H DIAGRAM #22 A B 1 GND 3 L2 4 X7 2 3 H2 H N31 H N32 H1 S S X7 2 L1 1 4 5 H3 6 7 H4 N33 H N34 S 1B 2B S2 S2 S 9 H5 N35 H 8 S2 S1 S2 S1 10 11 H7 12 S2 S1 13 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 S1 S1 2 2 P1 14 17 18 19 20 4 21 N2 N32 E2 P2 16 H10 P2 4 4A 4A P1 2 2 P1 4 N1 E10 N32 N2 P> 4 4 15 N1 E1 N31 4P1 N1 P> 22 2 P2 4 4 P1 N4 P> 24 P1 P2 4 N5 P> 26 N35 27 N5 P2 4 28 4 29 N5 4A 4A 30 31 NKT 91 H50 1 Terminal Block P1 X7 4 2 N34 N33 N32 E5 4 E50 N35 1A 2A 2 25 N4 E4 N34 P1 2 23 N3 N33 E3 N33 N3 P> Element 1000W 15 Element 1300W 17 Element 1500W 21 Element 1700W 23 Element 1800W 25 Element 1000W 27 Element 1000W 29 Heat Indicator Lamp 1 Heat Indicator Lamp 3 Heat Indicator Lamp 5 Heat Indicator Lamp 7 Heat Indicator Lamp 9 On Lamp 11 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp 19 Dual Zone Indicator Lamp 31 Regulator, Dual Zone 9/15/17 Regulator 10/21 Regulator 11/23 Regulator 12/25 Regulator, Dual Zone 13/27/29 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit 15 – Thermostat 1 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit 21 – Thermostat 3 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit 23 – Thermostat 5 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit 25 – Thermostat 27 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit 27 – Thermostat 29 SYMBOL KEY CURRENT PATH E1 E10 E2 E3 E4 E5 E50 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H10 H50 N1 P1 N2 N3 2 N4 N5 N31 A B DIAGRAM #23 143-62105-002 N L2 L1 5a 5 20 3 CF BR 20 BR CFT (140 f) 20 6 GN 14 TP1 20 GY 78 1 2 20 16 4 Black 5 White 16 18 3 Red 2 E6 L TP2 W/R 16 L1 F1 W 18 W/Y20 1a TP3 20 RB E5 E6 MSW TP4 W/R 21 1 20 TP5 20 GREEN GN CSW SW2 9 11 12 13 14 11a 12a 13a 14a 10 8 9a 10a 7 5 6 4 5a 8a 3 4a 7a 2 3a 6a 1 2a OFF ST2 (311 f) WHITE/RED WHITE/YELLOW W/R W/Y 1a 2a 4a 16 16a 1 2 4 16 GRAY GY SW1 SW2 16 14 14a 16 BAKE W 16 15 13 13a 15a 12 11 12a 11a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 1a W/BL W/BK SW1 10a 9a 8a 7a 6a BR 20 5a 15 BROWN BR 20 LM W/BL 3a 20 16a BLUE BL BL 20 20 16 20 20 20 2a 16 4a 1a 20 W/BK WHITE/BLACK BLACK BK MANUAL TP6 W/Y LDL CSW 16 GY BK 16 20 15a WHITE W 1 1a 16 20 W W/BL WHITE/BLUE RED R 20 20 W/BL W/BL DRM R BL R DWM WIRE COLOR CODE TIMER UM GY W/R 24 1a 16 14 20 BR W/BK 12 R ST1 (572 f) 11 20 LDT (518 f) W/R CV F2 E5 N E4 20 20 BK 20 BE: BROIL ELEMENT 2000W C: CATALYST CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW: CLEAN SWITCH DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING1400W LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MSW: MANUAL SWITCH OL: OVEN LAMP ONL: ON INDICATOR PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT PR: TIMER RB: RELAY BOARD ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR TB: TERMINAL BLOCK TP: TEST POINT UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W UM: UP MICROSWITCH WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT SYMBOL KEY SW1 14 AWG 16 AWG 16 AWG 16 AWG 18 W/R 1 20 20 TB R 20 Jumper Connected for 208V Only 20 20 W/BL 20 1 20 20 20 20 20 20 W 16 BR 20 W/BL 16 CSW BROIL 4a 2a W/R BR 4 2 CSW 20 16 BL 20 16 SELF CLEAN 20 OL W/BL BR GY W/BL C R W/R 20 ONL 20 20 E3 20 20 20 PR BR OL 16 BL 18 18 18 16 34 16 LEI 18 18 PTH (890 f) 31 LEO HBL 53 BL 16 BL UEO WTH UEI 18 ST3 (205 f) BE 18 W/BL 16 MSW 16 W/R DIAGRAM #24 A B 16 21 24 N L2 L1 BE UEI UEO LDT ST1 PTH 11 14 31 2 TB 1 TB 11 2 SW 34 B R C C2 CSW 2 W W/R W/R W/Y C2 LM CSW 1 LDT 12 LDT 14 W/Y L R L /B W /R W JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY LE O LE I WIRE COLOR CODE TB C1 BL C1 15 SW C1 OL1 4 3 2 GN 3 CFT 1 C1 1 OL2 CF R B 1 SW -J1 C1 4A SW2 13 C C1 SW2 9 GY C2 R 10 SW2 W/Y W 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 16a 15a 14a SW2 13a 11a 10a 9a GY C3 BL W ONL WTH BR BK MSW 1 4a W/BL GY 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8a 6a SW1 5a 4a 3a 2a 1a BLUE BL BLACK BK WHITE W RED R BROWN BR GRAY GREEN WHITE/YELLOW WHITE/RED W/R W/BK BR R CSW BK R J1 4 BR W/BL R PR-L W/BK HBL 53 RB-F2 SW1 2A BL N E5 L W/BL PR DIAGRAM #25 W 2a 1a GY BR 2 W/R 1 LDL W/Y C1 SYMBOL KEY BE: BROIL ELEMENT 2000W C: CATALYST CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW: CLEAN SWITCH DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING1400W LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MSW: MANUAL SWITCH OL: OVEN LAMP ONL: ON INDICATOR PR: TIMER PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB: RELAY BOARD ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR TB: TERMINAL BLOCK TP: TEST POINT UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W UM: UP MICROSWITCH WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT 78 C2 PTH34 C3 BL W/BK BL DRM 2 RB CV L1 SW1 1A F2 F1 MSW W/Y 1a 1 CF E3 E6 E4 GN GY BR W/BL BR W/R R W/R C2 UM 3 W/R W/BL SW1 4 BK W/BL R R W W/BK ST2 2 DWM 1 DWMM L 4 LDT1M2 U TP3 4 PTH3 3 UM W /R GY GN W/BL WHITE/BLUE W/BK WHITE/BLACK 2 C1 WTH C1 SW1 5A C1 5 GN C1 W/BL C2 LDL SW2 10 BL B W/ GY BR BL SW2 16 SW2 15 TP TP2 PR-N C2 W/BK C2 2 W/R 13 UM C2 BR 2 13 BL GY W/Y 12 W/R TP4 W LM 1 2 3 4 5 6 W/R W W/Y W OL1 OL1 ST3 OL1 TB1 TB2 LEO ST2 CF CFT 1 CF CFT 3 BE C LEI W/BL A B C2 LDL GN BL DWM W BR DRM ST2 GY ST3 R BR 2 13 W CF RB-CV SW2 14A BL OL1 OL 2 ON L OL2 BL SW1 1 UEO 29 SW TP5 BL GN BK R W W BK R W/BL W/R UEI SW2 14 SW2 12 L2 16 AWG MSW 1a 1 20 R PR E3 E6 E4 W/Y20 N L E5 20 W 18 1 3 20 DWM W/BL SW1 20 20 20 20 R 16 4 4a 3 3a 16 6 20 W W/BL GY 16 W/BL 2a CSW 16 2 7 20 7a 9 9a 8 8a 10 16 R 17 17a 16 16a 15 15a 14 14a 13 13a 12 12a BL 16 18a 20 W/R W/Y W/BK R W/R 18 18 18 BR W/BL BR GY 20 W/BL CSW 2 W/R 1 ONL 20 2 2a 5 5a 6a 20 16 GY W/R 1 1a BL BK 16 W/BK F2 W/BL CV 20 E6 11 11a 20 10a E5 RB 16 16 1a CFT (140 f) BR W/R 20 20 ST1 21 (572 f) 24 R 16 F1 L1 16 BR 18 2 3 Red 4 Black 5 White 6 GN 14 14 AWG 1 W/R 20 7 SW1 18 18 18 18 16 W/BK R SW2 20 78 BR 20 20 16 GY RE BE UEI UEO LEI LEO 20 20 7a DIAGRAM #26 Jumper Connected for 208V Only TB 16 AWG L1 N 16 AWG W/R 20 W/BL 18 20 W 20 20 W/R GY 20 20 DRM WM OL BL 20 16 BR 16 4a W/BL UM TP4 WTH BL 16 ST2 (311 f) W/BL 20 BL ST3 (205 f) 16 LM W/Y TP5 BL 16 TP6 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 1 SW2 GREEN W/BL WHITE/BLUE CONV ROAST CONV BROIL THERMAL BAKE CONV THAW SELF CLEAN BROIL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1a 2a 4a CSW A B SW1 RED WHITE BLACK BLUE BROWN GRAY 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a WHITE/RED WHITE/YELLOW 34 PTH (890 f) 31 16 20 20 W/R TP3 CONV BAKE OFF MANUAL MSW 1a WIRE COLOR CODE R W BK BL BR GY GN CSW LDL 14 12 TP2 TIMER 20 W/BK WHITE/BLACK W/R W/Y 16 16 20 LDT (518 f) 11 W HBL 54 TP1 20 20 SYMBOL KEY BE: BROIL ELEMENT 2000W C: CATALYST CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW: CLEAN SWITCH DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400W LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MSW: MANUAL SWITCH OL: OVEN LAMP ONL: ON INDICATOR PR: TIMER PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB: RELAY BOARD RE: RING ELEMENT 2500W ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR TB: TERMINAL BLOCK TP: TEST POINT UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W UM: UP MICROSWITCH WM: CONV. FAN MOTOR WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT 4 20 20 20 OL C 20 CF 20 20 20 16 16 BK 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 18 18 16 1 2 4 DRM TP4 CF DWM UM LDL MSW LDL /BL SW 1 1a W/Y W/BK C3 34 TP2 PR-N 24 SW1 9 W BR BL C2 C2 W 12 14 C2 SW1 6A BL C2 W/R W/R 1 2 13 2 13 2 13 GY W/Y C2 1A C2 W/BL OL2 F2 F1 E3 E6 E4 PR RB G Y CV L1 R SW1 8 C W WM J1 N E5L R BR R C2 C C1 C2 CF W/BK W LM W/R C2 CSW 1 W/R LDT 12 W/Y LDT 14 W/BL PTH34 W/Y 1 2 3 4 5 6 GN TP C1 W/Y SW1 2A ONL LDL ST2 W RE C1 O L2 B OL1 C1 C1 SW2 11 WTH 9 SW2 SW2 14 C1 SW1 7A BL L WM OL1 SW1 10 RB-CV SW2 14A 4 BL BR 2 W/R 1 78 CSW 2a 1a 4a 3 C1 BL 1 C1 UM3 2 GY W W/BL CFT O UE L /B W /R W 2 TB 1 TB 12 2 W S SW2 17 SW2 16 BL WTH GN C1 SW1 6 GY LE C1 LE I R 17 SW O BE GY BR UEI CF W/BL C2 10 W/R 9 C3 DRM2 8 BR 7 GY 6 5 4 3 2 BK MSW1 1 W/Y 20 19 18 GY 17 BR 16 W/Y 15 BR 14 W/R 13 R 12 W/BK 11 OL1 C1 3a 2a 1a 10a 9a 8a SW1 7a 6a 5a 11a GY L2 L1 UEO C1 1 2 JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY RB-F2 3 4 BK 5 PR-L GN GN W/BK BR W/BL R 20a 19a 18a 17a SW2 16a 15a 14a W/BK 13a C1 TB GN N UEI LDT ST1 PTH BR 21 31 BR R TP5 SW1 1 BK BL OL1 BR LM GN MV W BK W R R BK BL W/BL ST3 CF OL1 CTF 3 CTF 1 RE BE TB1 C TB2 LEI LEO W W/Y W/R W W /Y ST2 2 DWM 1 DWMM L 4 LDT1M2 U TP3 4 PTH3 3 UM W W M ST3 ON L W BL 0L2 W/BK W J1 BW /R 2 W/BL R BL 18 SW CSW ST2 W/R W/BL SW2 15 SW2 13 BR CF W R GRAY GREEN GY GN WHITE/YELLOW W/Y HBL 54 BE: BROIL ELEMENT 2000W C: CATALYST CF: COOLING FAN MOTOR CFT: COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW: CLEAN SWITCH DRM: DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM: DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL: DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT: LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI: LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING1400W LEO: LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600W LM: DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MSW: MANUAL SWITCH OL: OVEN LAMP ONL: ON INDICATOR PR: TIMER PTH: SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB: RELAY BOARD ST: HIGH LIMIT THERMOSTAT SW: PROGRAM SELECTOR TB: TERMINAL BLOCK TP: TEST POINT UEO: UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500W UEI: UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500W UM: UP MICROSWITCH WTH: VARIABLE THERMOSTAT SYMBOL KEY WHITE/RED W/R W/BK WHITE/BLACK W/BL WHITE/BLUE BLUE BROWN BR BLACK BK BL WHITE W RED WIRE COLOR CODE R A B DIAGRAM #27 A B DIAGRAM #28 UPPER OVEN R 20 BL BL SW1 9a 9 10a 10 20 18 19a 19 20a 20 SW1 31 1 20 W/R CSW 20 W/R W/BL DWM 16 ST1 (572 f) 20 16 18 TSW BL 21 24 16 16a 20 6a 12a 5 5a 11 11a 14 14a 13 13a 4 4a R 3 3a 20 10 10a E5 F2 W W/R W 20 E5 20 16 E3 3 2 1 GN 14 L N 20 20 L STB PR DWM 16 BL 20 20 ST1 (572 f) 20 78 1 2 5a SW2 2 3a 3 4a 4 8 9 BR20 16 20 OL 11 12 13a 13 BR 16 14a 14 15a 15 W/BL 18 BR 18 GY 18 BL 14 16 BE 20 UEI 18 W/R 16 WTH 34 UEO BL PTH ST3 31 (890 f) (205 f) 16 BL LEI SW2 20 20 UM BL W/Y LM W/Y 20 LDL DRM BR C 18 W/R 4 W/R 20 W 11 BL 20 R GY CSW 2a 16 20 10 12a 20 W OL 11a W/R 1 1a GY 10a 16a 4a 2 9a ST2 (311 f) W/BK W/R LDT (518 f) CSW 16 7 8a TSW 16 16 6 7a W 16 6a 20 BR 5 TP6 20 16 5a TP4 TP5 W/BL 20 W/R 20 1 2a TP2 TP3 12 W/BK BK 16 BR 20 1a TP1 20 W/R GY 20 W/R 20 20 18 18 W 20 20 2 W/R W/BL ONL 3 20 CFT BR (140 f) 16 TSW TSW 20 SW2 5 2a 15a 20 15 21 24 20 20 20 JUMPERS CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY 20 BL 20 E4 BR BL W/R 16 L1 20 BR CV 16 14 6 5 N 16 4 L2 16 3 L1 2 1 BR F1 W/Y TP6 GN14 R BK W 16 TP5 MTB GN 16 GY E6 20 20 RB 16 20 TP4 BK R 16 6 12 TP2 TP3 18 20 TSW TP1 20 LOWER OVEN W/Y W/R 20 ONL W W/BK W 1a GY CF W/BL 20 20 14 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 20 W/Y W/R 20 BK BR ST3 (205 f) 10 AWG 20 BL BL BL 16 LEO 78 7a 20 20 PTH (890 f) LEI 18 W ST2 (311 f) 20 34 W/BL R 18a 16 8a 1 BR 17 UEO LEO 20 SW1 20 17a W/BK 2 7 16 BR 18 20 20 CFT (140 f) 3 15 LM 20 UM W/R 20 TSW 8 14 16a 12 UEI C R W/R 18 BR W/BL18 BR GY 18 13 4 WTH W/BK18 12 15a WM W/Y 20 11 16 14a R BE 20 8 12a 13a RE OL 20 BL W/R 20 8a 11a OL 20 20 GY DRM GY 20 LDT (518 f) 14 LDL 20 7 11 W/R 6 7a CSW 4a 16 6a W/BL 16 W/BL 5 16 5a BR 2 W 16 4 2a 16 3 CSW 16 7 16 16 3a 4a TSW 7a W 20 GY 2 16 BL 20 20 1 2a 20 BK 1a 20 16 20 20 R W/BL 1 1a 20 GY CSW 20 1 2 6 7 8 9 TSW 3 4 5 1a 2a 3a — 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a — 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a POS. POS. SW1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 DOWN OVEN X OFF CONV BAKE CONV ROAST CONV BROIL THAW BAKE BROIL SELF CLEAN X X X X X X X X X X X X XXX XX XX XX X XX XX XX X X X X X XX X X X XX X X XX XX X X X XXXX X X X XXXX X X X XX X X X X X X X MANUAL UP OVEN L O R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OFF BAKE BROIL SELF CLEAN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 — 8a 9a 10a 11a — 13a 14a — 16a 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 XXX XX XXXXX CSW X XXX XX X X X WIRE COLOR CODE R RED W WHITE BK BLACK BL BLUE 2 4 BR BROWN 1a 2a 4a GY GRAY X GN GREEN 1 POS. Ø >Ø÷500 F XX SW2 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 9 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a SELF CLEAN POS. SYMBOL KEY BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W C : CATALYST CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW : CLEAN SWITCH DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK OL : OVEN LAMP ONL : ON INDICATOR PR : TIMER PTH : SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB : RELAY BOARD RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W ST : HIGH LIMIT STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK SW : PROGRAM SELECTOR TP : TEST POINT TSW : TIMER SELECTOR UEI : UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500 W UEO : UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500 W UM : UP MICROSWITCH WM : CONV. FAN MOTOR WTH : VARIABLE THERMOSTAT W/BL WHITE/BLUE W/BK WHITE/BLACK 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 XX X XX X X XXX XX X XX X XX X XXX X XX XX XX X HBL 55 W/R WHITE/RED W/Y WHITE/YELLOW A B DIAGRAM #29A C4 CFT"3 78 " OL2" UM"3 BE" UEI" C" LEI" 4 5 6 7 BR GY 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 8 SW2 SW2 9a 10a 11a GY W/R 13a 14a 15a 16a W/BK 8a BK 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a W/BL LEO" W/BL BR W/R R W/R BL 3 WH BL 2 W/BL W/R 1 BR GY UEO" W/BL ST2" MTB4 TSW4a CF" TP3" PTH34" ST2" W/BL BR W/R ST3" 1 2 LM" TP2" 4 UM"2 4a BL C2 ONL" CF' WH WH W/BL PR LDL" RB GY GY E6 E4 F1 F2 L1 CV C3 R J1 WH DRM'3 GY E3 W/Y LDL' N E5 BK C1 WH MTB3 2 3 4 5 6 TSW TSW 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a BL WH 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a R WH W/Y WH BL 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 8 7 BK CSW'2a BL W/BL W/BL W/BK BL W/Y 1 WH BL C1 BL WH ONL' ST2' WH BL BK W/R 4 WTH' CSW' WH W/BL 4a 2 3 5 6 8 9 10 BR W/BL W/R W/Y BL 7 W/R BR GY 4 R DRM'2 WH BL 1 C1 BL C3 TSW-7 GY 1a 2a SYMBOL KEY BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W C : CATALYST CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW : CLEAN SWITCH DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK OL : OVEN LAMP ONL : ON INDICATOR PR : TIMER PTH : SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB : RELAY BOARD RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W ST : HIGH LIMIT STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK SW : PROGRAM SELECTOR TP : TEST POINT TSW : TIMER SELECTOR UEI : UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500 W UEO : UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500 W UM : UP MICROSWITCH WM : CONV. FAN MOTOR WTH : VARIABLE THERMOSTAT ' : UPPER CAVITY COMPONENT " : LOWER CAVITY COMPONENT W/R 2 W/BK 1 W/R W/BL BR W/R SW2'2a R L W/Y W/BL GY GN DWM'2 DWM'1 TP'3 PTH'34 LDT'11 UM'2 UM'3 W/R W/BL WH 1a 2a GY LDT"11 ST1"24 WTH" CSW" HBL 55 TPG" TSW13 PR:L MTB3 CF' CFT'3 OL1' RE' MTB1 MTB2 LEO' ST2' 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 SW1 WIRE COLOR CODE CFT'2 ST3' CFT'1 WM' BE' C' LEI' MTB3 R RED W WHITE BK BLACK BL BLUE BR BROWN GY GRAY GN GREEN W/BL WHITE/BLUE SW1 W/BK WHITE/BLACK 1a 1a 3a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a BK R BR 11a 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a W/BK BL ST2' C3 GY R DRM'1 CONTROL PANEL CF' MTB4 CFT'2 W/R WHITE/RED W/Y WHITE/YELLOW A B DIAGRAM #29B LDL" MTB3 C2 W/Y SW2-10 14 C2 W/Y W/R WH UM" DWM" LDT"14 LDT"12 PTH34" LM" CFT"3 CF" UEI" LEO" 78 UEO" GY GY BE" LEI" W/Y R '2 SW L1 " H W BL 0L' C" WM' RE' BR SW1-7a BL BR C1 WH GN W/BK SW1-11 78 BL C1 PTH"34 BR SW1-10 BL W/BK W/Y L' BR BR 78 BE' UEI' UEO' R R C1 SW 1-6 WH C1 GY BR 2 C1 OL1' SW2-1 SW2-5 SW2-5a C6/4 GY 2 3 C6/4 SW2-11 SW2-16 SW2-15 1 CFT" WM' 1-7 SW C1 1 3 WH BR BL LEO" LEI" LEO' LEI' GY SW1-17 SW1-16 BL /R TSW:13a R W R W/BL W/R W /R BL C1 BR SW1-12 R BE" UEI" UEO" C6/4 SW2-14 SW2-12 W/BL W/R SW1:18a BL W/BK WH ST3' ST2' W/BK CF" CF' C1 C1 H W C1 C1 BR SW1-14 L ST3" OL1' OL1" ' TH W ST2" BR WH C1 C1 L OL2" GN B ON BL B BK SW1-14a OL2" GY BR BL BL OL1" GN GN CFT' BL BL OL2' SW1-8 WH OL2" W/R CFT"2 C6 BK W/R BK W/BL SW1-5a SW2-8a C4 WH WH 3 L1 4 BK 2 R 1 JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY L2 MTB 5 GN C1 1 W/BL R W/BL W/R W/R TP'1 TP"1 C1 SW1-15 SW1-13 C1 WH TSW5a PR-L C" C O GN C' BR C6/4 BR TSW13 24 34 CSW2" BL ST1' 21 LDT" ST1" PTH" C6 BR 31 BL 11 14 12 W/R TP"4 WH GN W/Y TP"5 24 34 12 OL2' W/Y W/R GY BL BL W/R GY SW2-13 W/ CSW'1 GY LDL' TP' 1 2 3 4 5 6 WH WH W/R C2 W/R W/Y W/Y LDT' 11 PR-N C6/4 GY GY W/Y W/R WH C4 MTB5 C5 C6 WH LM" 1 3 2 TSW15 SW2-9 LDL" TP"5 TP"4 CSW2" SW2-14a TSW-4 PR-N WHT" SW2-1 SW2-5 SW2-5a SW2-14 SW2-12 PTH' SW2-11 SW2-16 SW2-15 21 31 H W TP" 1 2 3 4 5 6 WH WH W/R W/R W/Y W/Y MTB5 ONL" CSW"1 C4 LDT"12 C6 LDT"14 LDL" DRM" W/ R W/Y C2 TS W 3 PR -E LDL' SW1-8 CF' GY SW1-9 LDL' GN OL2' 1 32 1 32 BL SW1-18a -16 C3 LM' 1 32 C2 R GY BL BL 1 32 WH 1 32 BL UM' DWM' DRM' BL 2 STB JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY HBL 55 N UPPER OVEN (') LOWER OVEN (") GN A B DIAGRAM #30 UPPER OVEN R 20 BL BL SW1 10a 10 12 15a 15 16a 16 17a 17 18a 18 19a 19 20a 20 1 20 W/R 20 W/R W/BL W CF DWM 16 16 5 5a 11 11a 16 16a 20 W 13a 3a 10 10a W R 16 16 BR W/R 16 E5 W BR E4 20 20 20 BL W/R 20 16 16 R 4a 3 14 GN14 CV L1 4 MTB 16 GY F1 W/Y 16 E3 3 2 1 20 20 L L PR STB 16 BL 20 20 ST1 ( 572 ) 20 20 2 BR 7a 7 GY 20 W/R 16 BR 20 9 10a 10 11a 11 13 15a 15 16a 16 17a 17 20 BE W/BK 18 UEI 18 W/R 20 LDL DRM 20 WTH 34 UEO 18 LEI W/R 20 16 LEO BL PTH ST3 (890 f) (205 f) BL 31 18 19 19a 20a SW2 1 20 1a 20 GY CSW 20 1 2 6 7 8 9 TSW 3 4 5 1a 2a 3a — 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a — 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a POS. SW1 - SW2 POS. SYMBOL KEY BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W C : CATALYST CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW : CLEAN SWITCH DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK OL : OVEN LAMP ONL : ON INDICATOR PR : TIMER PTH : SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB : RELAY BOARD RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W ST : HIGH LIMIT STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK SW : PROGRAM SELECTOR TP : TEST POINT TSW : TIMER SELECTOR UEI : UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500 W UEO : UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500 W UM : UP MICROSWITCH WM : CONV. FAN MOTOR WTH : VARIABLE THERMOSTAT LM 18 BR 18 GY W/R 4 UM BR C BR W/BL 14 BL RE R 20 BL W/Y 11 GY CSW 16 W/Y 14 18 W/R LDT (518 f) 2a W/R 20 W W/Y 4a 2 W 16 20 12 13a 14a OL TP6 CSW 1 1a BL 8 18a TSW 16 OL 9a 12a 20 W/BK 16 8a W 16 6 16 5 16 4 6a TP4 TP5 12 20 W/BL 16 4a TP2 TP3 20 BR 3 16 BK 5a 20 W/BK 1 2 20 W/BL 20 SW2 3a TP1 20 W/R GY 20 1a W/R 202a 18 18 W 20 2 W/R W/BL ONL 20 20 TSW 3 7a BL ST2 (311 f) 1 78 15a 20 15 16 TSW 21 24 20 SW2 2a JUMPERS CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY DWM CFT BR (140 f) 7 LOWER OVEN 5 N 4 L2 3 L1 2 1 GN 14 N 20 TP6 GN 6 BR 20 14a 13 BK 20 20 E5 F2 W/BK BL RB 16 E6 14 TP5 BK 20 20 TP4 20 12a TP2 TP3 18 R 16 6a 18 20 TSW 6 12 21 24 TP1 TSW BL ST1 ( 572 ) 20 W/BL 20 CSW 20 20 W/Y W/R 20 ONL BK BR W 1a GY 10 AWG 20 20 20 78 7a W/R 20 W ST2 (311 f) 20 W/Y BL 16 20 R 31 LEO 14 AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 8a 1 BR ST3 PTH (890 f) (205 f) LEI 18 BL W/BL SW1 20 SW1 34 20 7 UEO BL W/R 16 W/BK 2 18 20 20 3 R W/R 18 BR W/BL18 BR GY 18 14 LM 20 UM BR C W/BK 13 12 UEI 18 16 11 WM W/Y 20 4 WTH 16 11a 20 TSW 8 CFT (140 f) BE 20 20 16 BL W/R 20 12a 13a 16 14a R OL 20 9 OL 20 20 9a GY DRM GY 20 LDT (518 f) 14 LDL 20 8 11 RE 20 7 8a CSW 4a W/R 6 7a 2a W 16 6a BR 2 16 7 16 W/BL W/BL 16 5 BL 7a W 16 4 16 3 4a 20 GY 2 3a 5a 20 20 1 2a CSW 20 BK 1a 20 16 20 20 R W/BL TSW 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 DOWN OVEN OFF CONV BAKE CONV ROAST CONV BROIL THAW BAKE BROIL SELF CLEAN X X X X X X X X X X X X X XXX XX XX XX X XX XX XX X X X X X X XX X X X XX X X XX XX X X X XXXX X X X XXXX X X X XX X X X X X X X MANUAL UP OVEN L O R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a XXX XX XXXXX CSW XXX XX X X X RED W WHITE BK BLACK BL BLUE 2 4 BR BROWN 1a 2a 4a GY GRAY X GN GREEN 1 POS. X WIRE COLOR CODE R Ø >Ø÷500 F SELF CLEAN XX W/BL WHITE/BLUE W/BK WHITE/BLACK HBL 56 W/R WHITE/RED W/Y WHITE/YELLOW A B DIAGRAM #31A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SW2 W/R GY 13a1 4a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a W/BL GY BR BK BR SW2 11a W/BK HBL 56 ST2" CF" MTB4 W/BL 2 PTH34" ST3" TSW4a BR W/R TP3" 1 CFT"3 OL2" WM" BE" C" LEI" 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 9 10 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a W/R W/BL BR W/R R W/BK W/Y W/R BL BR GY WH BL 1 W/BL C4 78 " UM"3 RE" UEI" UEO" LEO" 4 ST2" LM" TP2" UM"2 CSW" 4a C2 BL ONL" CF' WH WH W/BL PR LDL" RB GY GY E6 R C3 DRM'3 J1 WH W/BL W/Y C1 BK MTB3 WH ONL' ST2' WH BL BL 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 TSW TSW 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a WH BL WH W/Y WH BL BL BK W/BL CSW'2a R 1 C1 WH BL W/BL W/Y BL W/BK WH W R BK 2 W/R 4 CSW' WTH' 4a C1 W/BL WH GY 1a 2a BL C3 4 5 6 9 10 W/R R W/BK 8 W/Y 7 W/R BL 3 BR WH 2 GY BL TSW-7 DRM'2 1 SYMBOL KEY BE : BROIL ELEMENT 2000 W C : CATALYST CFT : COOLING FAN THERMOSTAT CSW : CLEAN SWITCH DRM : DOOR MICROSWITCH DWM : DOWN MICROSWITCH LDL : DOOR LOCKED INDICATOR LDT : LOCKING DOOR THERMOSTAT LEI : LOWER ELEMENT, INNER RING 1400 W LEO : LOWER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 600 W LM : DOOR LOCKING MOTOR MTB : MAIN TERMINAL BLOCK OL : OVEN LAMP ONL : ON INDICATOR PR : TIMER PTH : SELF CLEAN THERMOSTAT RB : RELAY BOARD RE : RING ELEMENT 2500 W ST : HIGH LIMIT STB : SECONDARY TERMINAL BLOCK SW : PROGRAM SELECTOR TP : TEST POINT TSW : TIMER SELECTOR UEI : UPPER ELEMENT, INNER RING 500 W UEO : UPPER ELEMENT, OUTER RING 500 W UM : UP MICROSWITCH WM : CONV. FAN MOTOR WTH : VARIABLE THERMOSTAT ' : UPPER CAVITY COMPONENT " : LOWER CAVITY COMPONENT W/R 1 W/R W/BL BR W/R SW2-18a GY L LDL' R BR N E5 L1 CV GY E4 F1 F2 W/BL E3 W/Y R GN DWM'2 DWM'1 TP'3 PTH'34 LDT'11 UM'2 UM'3 W/R W/BL WH 1a 2a GY TP6" LDT"11 ST1"24 WTH" TSW13 PR:L MTB3 CF' CFT'3 OL1' RE' MTB1 MTB2 LEO' ST2' CFT'2 ST3' CFT'1 WM' BE' C' LEI' MTB3 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 SW1 SW1 WIRE COLOR CODE R RED W WHITE BK BLACK BL BLUE BR BROWN GY GRAY GN GREEN W/BL WHITE/BLUE W/BK WHITE/BLACK 1a 1a 3a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a BK R 11a 13a 14a 15a 16a 17a 18a 19a 20a W/BK BR BL GY ST2' R DRM'1 C3 CONTROL PANEL CF' MTB4 CFT'2 W/R WHITE/RED W/Y WHITE/YELLOW A B DIAGRAM #31B UM" W/Y W/R BL GY BL LDT"14 LDT"12 PTH34" LM" CFT"3 78 CF" UEO" UEI" BE" LEO" LEI" RE" WM" GY W/R TP"4 31 11 21 14 24 34 BL BR 12 C" LDT" ST1" PTH" C6 CSW2" C6/4 W/Y R '2 SW O L1 " B WH BL BR OL2' GY W/Y TP"5 W/ C2 C2 W/Y W/R WH CSW'1 GY LDL' TP' 1 2 3 4 5 6 LDL" C WH WH W/R W/R W/Y W/Y DWM" DRM" GY C2 W/Y W/Y W/R WH C4 MTB5 W/R GY W/ R W/Y C2 WH WH W/R W/R W/Y W/Y SW2-8 MTB3 SW2-14 SW2-9 LDL" TP"5 TP"4 CSW2" SW2-14a TSW-4 PR-N WHT" SW2-6 SW2-7 SW2-7a SW2-15 PTH' LDT' SW2-13 11 21 31 SW2-12 SW2-17 SW2-16 14 24 34 SW2-11 BR SW2-10 12 BL ST1' H W TP" 1 2 3 4 5 6 PR-N C6/4 GY 3 PR SW1-9 LDL' C5 C6 TSW15 -E LDL' SW1-8 SW1-18a OL2' CF' GY MTB5 ONL" CSW"1 C4 LDT"12 C6 LDT"14 LDL" GN WH LM" 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 32 BL TS W -16 C3 LM' 1 32 C2 R GY BL BL 1 32 WH 1 32 BL UM' DWM' DRM' BL L OL2" BR GN BL WH OL1' GN ' TH W 0L' GN 1" 0L 0 C6/4 SW2-15 SW2-13 R WH C1 6 BR 2 GY C1 3 1 SW OL1' C1 1 WH GY BR C6/4 2 3 SW2-12 SW2-17 SW2-16 1 CFT" WM' -7 C6/4 GY BR BL BL OL2" OL1" GN GN CFT' BL BL OL2' SW1-8 WH WM" W/R CFT"2 C6 BK W/R BK C1 W/BL TP'1 TP"1 C1 R 3 4 MTB 5 1 L1 L2 N UPPER OVEN (') W/BL 2 BK 1 JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY GN C1 W/R WH WH W/BL W/R SW1-15 SW1-13 SW1-5a SW2-5a C4 WH TSW5a PR-L R 1- R 2 STB JUMPER CONNECTED FOR 208V ONLY LOWER OVEN (") HBL 56 GN C1 BR BL SW2-6 SW2-7 SW2-7a BE" UEI" UEO" LEO" LEI" LEO' LEI' GY SW1-17 SW1-16 R SW W /R /R R TSW:13a W/BL C6/4 W/R W SW1:18a GN BL 78 BL C1 W/Y W/BK BL W/BL W/R SW1-12 WH SW2-11 BR BR BE' UEI' UEO' R SW2-10 BL BL SW1-7a 78 WM" RE" BR C1 WH GN W/BK SW1-11 BR BL W/BK C1 PTH"34 BR SW1-10 BL W/BK W/Y O H W C1 C1 BR C1 ' NL ST3" CF' C" WM' RE' C1 ST2" W/BK SW1-14a CF" C' ST3' C1 ST2' BK TSW13 SW1-14 C1 WH B L (LF) (RF) (LR) (CR) IGNITORS IGNITORS (RR) (LF) (RF) (LR) (RR) REIG 1 8 REIG 2 9 REIG 3 10 NEUTRAL 11 REIG 4 12 REIG 1 8 REIG 2 9 REIG 3 10 NEUTRAL 11 REIG 4 12 SPARK MODULE REI 1 REI 2 REI 3 REI 4 REI 5 REIG 5 13 LINE 15 GROUND 16 SPARK MODULE REI 1 REI 2 REI 3 REI 4 REI 5 REIG 5 13 LINE 15 GROUND 16 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 POWER SUPPLY VALVE SWITCHES (LF) (RF) (LR) (CR) (RR) BK G W VALVE SWITCHES (LF) (RF) (LR) (RR) BK G W POWER SUPPLY NHT 91 NHT 71 DIAGRAM #32 A B 2 4 3 6 1M m1 MAIN SWITCH 2 ACTUATOR (Dispenser) 7 DOOR SWITCH 3 FLOW SWITCH 11 FLOAT SWITCH 7 WATER LEVEL SWITCH 5 THERMOSTAT 140˚F 9 THERMOSTAT 161˚F 6 current path A2 f4 7 2 4 a u3 PTC 1 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F ON/OFF LAMP TIMER MOTOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID TIMER CONTACTS Symbol Key 5 s2 4 b e6 161˚F f5 h1 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 u– 4 1 b a1 A2 e0 e5 e6 f1 f3 f4 3 1 h1 2 f1 a u5 Symbol Key e0 a1 1 2 current path N L1 8 1M b 12 4 6 10 8 12 5 – current path m3 a u6 9 4 3 b 10 1M b m2 6 5 b1 a u2 b1 & b3 b1 & b2 b3 REGULAR RINSE & HOLD 2 1 b POWER SCRUB Selector Switch Contacts f3 140˚F b2 a u8 1 11 2 F e5 b3 a u4 12 f5 185˚F r1 4 SHU 30 N L 1M permanent split capacitor motor (m2) A B DIAGRAM #33 c/u 1 737 203 858 1 739 911 201 GNYE-r1 PE-3 WH-e0-2 N GNYE-r1 BK-a1-4 L1 L1 RD-e5-4 GNYE-1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5 Heating Element – r1 2 P 2 4 High Limit 185˚F f5 140˚F f3 GY-l6-1 VT-s2 WH-f3 BU-l6-4 RD-r1 WHRD-l6-9 GN-l6-6 WH-e5-2 WH-f1-4 Thermostats – f3 & f5 1 h1 a1 GYRD-m3-L1 RD-l6-5 Water Level Switch – f1 1 4 e0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Float Switch – e6 WHRD-A2 BURD-m2-2 BURD-s2 BURD-m3 VT-f1-2 m1 GYRD-l6-8 GYRD-e6-4 Drain Motor – m3 Water Solenoid – s2 GY-e6-2 GN-f3 RD-e6-1 BU-f1-1 WH-e5-2 WHRD-f5 BURD-m2 GYRD-m3-L1 1M BK-m2-1 WHGN-b-1 VTBK-b-5 GYBK-e5-1 RD-A2 Selector Switch – b WH-u-8a WH-b-6 2 WH-f3 WH-l6-3 RD-r1 1M 1 2 3 K1 1 2 4 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK = = = = = = = = = = WHRD-m1 WHRD-e0-1 RD-u-3b black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4 GNYE-r1 GNYE-PE-1 Ground – PE A2 Actuator (Dispenser) – A2 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1 BK-u-2b BURD-m3 BURD-l6-9 Circulation Motor – m2 1 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 YE-u-5b Flow Switch – e5 161˚F Thermostat – f4 On / Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0 c/u 1 737 203 858 1 739 911 203 Electrical Supply – l1 GY-u-3 GN-u-6a RD-a1-3 BU-u-5a WH-u-8a WHRD-e0-1 GYRD-u-6b 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Wiring Connector – l6 VT-b-3 GYRD-b-2 GYRD-l6-8 WH-l6-3 WH-f4 GN-l6-6 GN-b-4 WHVT-a1-3 GY-l6-1 BU-l6-4 8b 8a 8 YE-f4 5b 5a 5 6a 6 6b 3b 3a 3 4a 4 4b 2a 2 2b Timer – u WHRD-l6-9 WHRD-A2 WH-l1-N WHVT-u-4 RD-l6-5 BK-l1-L1 b. b. b. b. b. b. WHGN-u-4b GYRD-u-6b VT-u-8b GN-u-6a VTBK-u-2a WH-f4 SHU 30 DIAGRAM #34 A B 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 8 7 6 P 161˚F/161˚F R O 140˚F/161˚F G R A M WASH/RINSE OPERATION TIMER POSITION TIME IN SECONDS C O N T A C T S T I 2 M 3 E 4 R 5 a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b PRE-WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE-RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 30 30 (5) f1+5 f1+50 60 60 60 30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 180 f3/f4+5 f3+5 230 30 30 60 60 f1+5 f1+55 240 30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 f3+5 55 60 f4+5 45 5 5 60 240 240 240 60 60 60 60 P F U H = DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING OPERATION KEY R = DETERGENT DISPENSING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING T = DRYING 161˚ 140˚ RINSE STALL 161˚ 161˚ WASH STALL SHU 30 P P F F+U U U P+U P Stop F F+U U U U P+U P F F+U H+U+R H+U+R H+U H+U H+U U P+U P F P F F+U U P+U P F F+U H+U H+U H+U H+U+K H+U+K H+U U U U P T T T T T T P off off 1 Rinse & Hold Power Scrub Regular Timer Motor 161˚F Thermostat Bypass Actuator Heating Element Drain Motor Water Solenoid Thermostat 161˚F Thermostat 140˚F Drain Motor Timer Stop Circulation Motor A B DIAGRAM #35 c/u 1 737 203 858 1 739 911 202 A2 1 I2.2- 2 1 I2.6- 2 1 2 1 1 1 4 o2 3 2 1 4 4 e6 s2 I2.7-2 m2 contacts 5–6 are momentary – they reset the control module & actuate the test program SHI 43/68 and SHU 43/53/68 I2.4-2 I2.7-1 I2.1-3 I2.1-2 I2.1-1 2 e5 F r1 f5 185˚F I2.8 X2 dependent on equipment AQUA SENSOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID JUMPER SERVICE CONNECTOR m3 I2.4-1 I2.9 X1 1 1 ON/OFF SWITCH ACTUATOR (Upper Basket) ACTUATOR (Dispenser) DOOR SWITCH REED SWITCH FLOW SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH WATER LEVEL SWITCH HIGH LIMIT 185˚F Symbol Key f1 I2.4- Control Module – I2 I2.5- 3 1 l4 m2 m3 NTC r1 s2 X1 X2 A1 6 1 l4 a1 A1 A2 e0 e3 e5 e6 f1 f5 1 7 f2-f4 7 NTC 2 1 6 5 L1 N N L 1M permanent split capacitor motor (m2) 4 3 2 e0 a1 1 739 911 198 Symbol Key 8 1 e3 DIAGRAM #36 A B 1 2 3 4 5 6 e0 1 4 2 P 2 4 PE-3 WH-e0-2 N GNYE-r1 BK-a1-4 L1 .6 2 1 .5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 RD-e5-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5 Heating Element – r1 WH-e6-2 VT-l6-6 RD-r1 1 4 2 .9 A2 1M 1 2 WHRD-e0-1 WHVT-m2-3 RD-r1 GN-NTC GN-NTC K4 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1 WHVT-e5 VT-s2 BU-f1-4 BK-m2-1 GYRD-m3-L1 L1 WHVT-m2-2 GYRD-e6-4 GYRD-l6-9 Drain Motor – m3 3 RD-f5 WH-e6-1 BU-l2.2-2 BU-l2.2-1 BK-l6-8 WHVT-m3 GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4 GNYE-r1 GNYE-PE-1 = = = = = = = = = = black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink BU-l2.4-4 BU-l2.4-3 BU-l2.4-2 BU-l2.4-1 RD-l2.7-2 WH-a1-6 WH-l2.4-7 1 BN-l2.5-3 1 BN-l2.5-2 1 BN-l2.5-1 1 BN-l2.5-7 BN-l2.5-6 1 may exist without function BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK l6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 l5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Wiring Connectors – I5 & I6 1 2 4 Ground – PE Actuator (Dispenser) – A2 Circulation Motor – m2 RD-l6-1 GN-l5-2 GN-l5-1 Flow Switch – e5 High Limit 185˚F f5 f2-f4 NTC NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 Water Solenoid – s2 BU-l6-7 RD-e6-1 GNYE-r1 Electrical Supply – l1 WH-s2 GYRD-m3-L1 RD-f1-1 WH-l6-2 1 .5 x1 Float switch – e6 1 .4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 .2 3 2 1 WH a1-5 BK-l2.7-1 WH-e0-1 .7 BK-l2.1-2 GYBK-a1-3 RD-l6-1 .1 BU-A2 BU-A2 BU-l6-6 BU-l6-7 BU-l6-8 BU-l6-9 1 2 BN-l5-1 BN-l5-2 Control Module– l2 WH a1-6 WH l6-3 Water Level Switch – f1 On/Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0 WH-l2.1-1 WHRD-e5-1 WH-l1-N GYBK-l2.7-1 BK-l1-L1 WH-l2.1-3 WH-l6-2 WH-l2.4-8 BN-l5-5 BN-l5-6 BN-l5-7 SHI/SHU 43 A B DIAGRAM #37 1 739 911 220 1 2 3 4 5 6 e0 On/Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0 1 4 2 P 2 4 PE-3 WH-e0-2 N GNYE-r1 BK-a1-4 L1 .5 .5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 .6 2 1 .9 S 185˚F f5 1M 1 2 3 RD-e5-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5 K4 RD-r1 RD-l6-1 GN-l5-2 GN-l5-1 1 4 2 3 2 1 VT-s2 BU-f1-4 BK-m2-1 GYRD-m3-L1 RD-f5 WH-e6-1 BN-l4-3 BN-l4-2 BN-l4-1 GN-NTC GN-NTC BU-l2.2-2 BU-l2.2-1 L1 WHVT-m2-2 GYRD-e6-4 GYRD-l6-9 Drain Motor – m3 A2 Actuator (Dispenser) – A2 WHRD-e0-1 WHVT-m2-3 RD-r1 Flow Switch – e5 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1 WHVT-e5 BK-l6-8 WHVT-m3 Circulation Motor– m2 High Limit f2-f4 NTC YE-l2.6-1 YE-l2.6-2 1 2 4 GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4 GNYE-r1 GNYE-PE-1 = = = = = = = = = = black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink BU-l2.4-4 BU-l2.4-3 BU-l2.4-2 BU-l2.4-1 RD-l2.7-2 WH-a1-6 WH-l2.4-7 1 BN-l2.5-3 BN-l2.5-2 BN-l2.5-1 BN-l2.5-7 BN-l2.5-6 1 may exist without function BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK l6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 l5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Wiring Connectors – I5 & I6 NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 Aqua Sensor – l4 Heating Element – r1 WH-e6-2 VT-l6-6 Water Solenoid – s2 1 BU-l6-7 RD-e6-1 1 2 N Ground – PE 1 739 911 205 Electrical Supply – l1 WH-s2 1 WH a1-6 WH l6-3 Water Level Switch – f1 GYRD-m3-L1 RD-f1-1 WH-l6-2 Float Switch – e6 GNYE-r1 .4 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 WH a1-5 BK-l2.7-1 WH-e0-1 .2 BU-A2 BU-A2 3 2 1 BK-l2.1-2 GYBK-a1-3 RD-l6-1 .1 BU-l6-6 BU-l6-7 BU-l6-8 BU-l6-9 .7 YE-e3 YE-e3 BN-l5-1 BN-l5-2 Reed Switch – e3 BN-l5-5 BN-l5-6 BN-l5-7 SHU 53 x1 WH-l2.1-1 WHRD-e5-1 WH-l1-N GYBK-l2.7-1 BK-l1-L1 WH-l2.1-3 WH-l6-2 WH-l2.4-8 BN-l5-5 BN-l5-6 BN-l5-7 Control Module – l2 DIAGRAM #38 A B 1 2 3 4 56 e0 1 4 2 PE-3 WH-e0-2 N GNYE-r1 BK-a1-4 L1 Electrical Supply – l1 WH-s2 GYRD-m3-L1 RD-f1-1 RD-A1 Float Switch – e6 GNYE-r1 P 2 BU-l6-7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 .5 2 1 185˚F f5 RD-r1 RD-l6-1 GN-l5-2 GN-l5-1 1M 1 2 3 K4 RD-e5-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5 1 4 2 3 2 1 A2 WHRD-e0-1 WHVT-m2-3 RD-r1 BU-l2.2-2 BU-l2.2-1 GY-l6-3 WH-l6-2 RD-e6-1 L1 RD-f5 WH-A1 GY-A1 BN-l4-3 BN-l4-2 BN-l4-1 GN-NTC GN-NTC VT-s2 BU-f1-4 BK-m2-1 GYRD-m3-L1 WHVT-m2-2 GYRD-e6-4 GYRD-l6-9 Drain Motor – m3 detergent dispenser A1 upper basket wash 1 2 4 GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4 GNYE-r1 GNYE-PE-1 Ground – PE BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK l6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 l5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 = = = = = = = = = = black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink BU-l2.4-4 BU-l2.4-3 BU-l2.4-2 BU-l2.4-1 RD-l2.7-2 WH-a1-6 WH-l2.4-7 BN-l2.5-3 BN-l2.5-2 BN-l2.5-1 BN-l2.5-7 BN-l2.5-6 Wiring Connectors – I5 & I6 YE-l2.6-1 YE-l2.6-2 Aqua Sensor – l4 S N Reed Switch – e3 Actuators – A1 & A2 .9 Flow Switch – e5 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1 WHVT-e5 BK-l6-8 WHVT-m3 Circulation Motor – m2 High Limit f2-f4 NTC Heating Element – r1 WH-e6-2 VT-l6-6 Water Solenoid – s2 1 4 RD-e6-1 .5 .6 NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 .4 WH a1-5 BK-l2.7-1 WH-e0-1 .7 BK-l2.1-2 GYBK-a1-3 RD-l6-1 .2 BU-A2 BU-A2 WH a1-6 WH l6-3 1 2 YE-e3 YE-e3 BN-l5-1 BN-l5-2 .1 BU-l6-6 BU-l6-7 BU-l6-8 BU-l6-9 Water Level Switch – f1 On/Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0 WH-l2.1-1 WHRD-e5-1 WH-l1-N GYBK-l2.7-1 BK-l1-L1 WH-l2.1-3 WH-l6-2 WH-l2.4-8 BN-l5-5 BN-l5-6 BN-l5-7 Control Module – l2 BN-l5-5 BN-l5-6 BN-l5-7 SHI/SHU 68 A B DIAGRAM #39 1 739 911 199 A B DIAGRAM #40 1 739 911 152 SHI/U 43--, 53-- or 68-- DISHWASHER DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROGRAM FUNCTION* DURATION Draining COMMENTS 30 seconds Aqua Sensor 65 seconds (“Sensotronic”) Calibration Not used on SHI/U 43-- Filling Until Water Level Switch (f1) closes This function can’t be bypassed Heating & Circulating Until water temperature reaches 150°F (65°C) Dispenser Actuator energizes Draining 60 seconds • To bypass a function: SHI/U 43-- models SHI/U 53--/68-- models Press the SCRUB WASH button Press the REGULAR WASH button. SHI/U 43-- MODELS To begin the test program, press both the POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons at the same time as you turn the unit on by pressing the ON/OFF button. When the buttons are released, the LED’s above them will begin flashing. To end the test program or test cycle, press the ON/OFF button. To check the LED indicator lamps (WASH, RINSE/DRY and CLEAN status lights and the SCRUB WASH program light), press the SCRUB WASH button. To start the test cycle, press both the POWER SCRUB PLUS and REGULAR WASH buttons a second time. When the test cycle has completed and a fault was detected, the following indicator LED’s will be illuminated. WASH RINSE/DRY CLEAN = = = Heating fault Filling fault NTC (temperature sensor) fault SHU 53-- or SHI/U 68-- MODELS To begin the test program, press both the SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO wash program buttons at the same time as you turn the unit on by pressing the ON/OFF button. Initially, the control unit version number will appear in the display (e.g./ 20 = version 20, 21 = version 21, etc.). When the wash program buttons are released, the LED’s above them will begin flashing. To end the test program or test cycle, press the ON/OFF button. To check the wash program LED, press its corresponding button. To check the Cycle Countdown display, Refill Rinse Agent LED and REGULAR WASH button LED, press the REGULAR WASH button (press the DELAY START button to test the Cycle Countdown display alone). The Cycle Countdown display should show “88” when the DELAY START button is pressed and “8h” when the REGULAR WASH button is pressed. To start the test cycle, press both the SCRUB WASH and DELICATE/ECONO buttons a second time. When the test cycle has completed, the Cycle Countdown display will indicate a fault using the codes below. If a combination of faults exists, the code numbers will be added together, (e.g./ 6 = faults 2 + 4). 0 = No faults 1 = Aqua Sensor (“Sensotronic”) fault 2 = Heating fault 4 = Filling fault 8 = NTC (temperature sensor) fault If the refill rinse agent sensor (reed switch e3) has failed (open circuited), the display will show “0” throughout the test cycle. If the water level switch (f1) has failed (open circuited), the display will show fault code “4” and the unit will continually fill and drain where the test cycle won’t be completed. If the flow switch (e5) has failed (open circuited), the display will show “0” throughout the test cycle, the water will not heat (to 150°F) and the unit won’t stop circulating. If the NTC probe (f2/f4) has failed (open circuited), the display will show fault code “8” immediately and the test cycle will end shortly after the unit has started circulating. 2 4 3 6 1M m1 MAIN SWITCH 2 ACTUATOR (Dispenser) 7 DOOR SWITCH 3 FLOW SWITCH 11 FLOAT SWITCH 7 WATER LEVEL SWITCH 5 THERMOSTAT 140˚F 9 THERMOSTAT 161˚F 6 current path A2 f4 7 2 4 a u3 PTC 1 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F ON/OFF LAMP TIMER MOTOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID TIMER CONTACTS f5 h1 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 u– 5 s2 4 b e6 161˚F a1 A2 e0 e5 e6 f1 f3 f4 4 1 b Symbol Key 3 1 h1 2 f1 a u5 Symbol Key e0 a1 1 2 current path N L1 8 1M b 12 4 6 10 8 12 5 – current path m3 a u6 9 4 3 b 10 1M b m2 6 5 b1 a u2 b1 & b3 b1 & b2 & b3 b1 & b2 b3 REGULAR ECONOMY RINSE & HOLD 2 1 b POWER SCRUB Selector Switch Contacts f3 140˚F b2 a u8 1 11 2 F e5 b3 a u4 12 f5 185˚F r1 4 SHU 40 N L 1M permanent split capacitor motor (m2) A B DIAGRAM #41 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 GNYE-r1 PE-3 WH-e0-2 N GNYE-r1 BK-a1-4 L1 L1 WHGN-e5-4 GNYE-1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5 Heating Element – r1 2 GY-l6-1 P 2 4 VT-s2 WH-f3 BU-l6-4 185˚F f5 140˚F f3 RD-r1 WHRD-l6-9 GN-l6-6 WH-e5-2 WH-f1-4 Thermostats – f3 & f5 1 h1 a1 GYRD-m3-L1 RD-l6-5 Water Level Switch – f1 1 4 e0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Float Switch – e6 WHRD-A2 BURD-m2-2 BURD-s2 BURD-m3 VT-f1-2 m1 BK-m2-1 WHGN-b-1 VTBK-b-5 GYBK-e5-1 RD-A2 GYRD-l6-8 GYRD-e6-4 Drain Motor – m3 1M Water Solenoid – s2 GY-e6-2 GN-f3 RD-e6-1 BU-f1-1 WH-e5-2 WHRD-f5 BURD-m2 GYRD-m3-L1 Electrical Supply – l1 GY-u-3 GN-u-6a RD-a1-3 BU-u-5a WH-u-8a WHRD-e0-1 GYRD-u-6b Wiring Connector – l6 BNBK-b-3 GYRD-b-2 GYRD-l6-8 WH-l6-3 WH-f4 GN-l6-6 GN-b-4 WHVT-a1-3 GY-l6-1 BU-l6-4 BKBU-f4 8b 8a 8 SHU 40 5b 5a 5 6a 6 6b 3b 3a 3 4b 4a 4 2b 2a 2 Selector Switch – b WH-u-8a WH-b-6 2 WH-f3 WH-l6-3 WHGN-r1 GYBK-u-4a 1M 1 2 3 K1 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1 BK-u-2b BURD-m3 BURD-l6-9 Circulation Motor – m2 1 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 BKBU-u-5b Flow Switch – e5 161˚F Thermostat – f4 On / Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0 WHRD-l6-9 WHRD-A2 WH-l1-N WHVT-u-4 RD-l6-5 BK-l1-L1 b. b. b. b. b. b. 1 2 4 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK = = = = = = = = = = WHRD-m1 WHRD-e0-1 RD-u-3b black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4 GNYE-r1 GNYE-PE-1 Ground – PE Actuator – A2 WHGN-u-4b GYRD-u-6b BNBK-u-8b GN-u-6a VTBK-u-2a WH-f4 Timer – u DIAGRAM #42 A B 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 8 7 6 P 161˚F/161˚F R O 140˚F/161˚F G 140˚F/161˚F R A M WASH/RINSE OPERATION TIMER POSITION TIME IN SECONDS C O N T A C T S T I 2 M 3 E 4 R 5 a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b PRE-WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE-RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 30 30 (5) f1+5 f1+50 60 60 60 30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 180 f3/f4+5 f3+5 230 30 30 60 60 f1+5 f1+55 240 30 30 f1+5 f1+55 60 60 f3+5 55 60 f4+5 45 5 5 60 240 240 240 60 60 60 60 P F U H = DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING OPERATION KEY 161˚ 140˚ R = DETERGENT DISPENSING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING T = DRYING 161˚ 140˚ SHU 40 RINSE STALL 161˚ 161˚ WASH STALL P P F F+U U U P+U P Stop F F+U U U U P+U P F F+U H+U+R H+U+R H+U H+U H+U U P+U P F P F F+U U P+U P F F+U H+U H+U H+U H+U+K H+U+K H+U U U U P T T T T T T P off off 1 Rinse & Hold Power Scrub Regular Economy Timer Motor 161˚ Thermostat Bypass Actuator Heating Element Drain Motor Water Solenoid Thermostat 161˚F Thermostat 140˚F Drain Motor Timer Stop Circulation Motor A B DIAGRAM #43 1 X1-L1 X1-L2 2 N1 Z1 3 1 4 6 5 7 K13 X11-8.19 6 3 X11-1.5 X11-8.1 X11-1.1 X11-1.2 X11-1.4 E1 24 23 9 K6 on off 8 K5 off on 5 pol. 10 X11-6.1 X11-6.5 K2 X11-1.3 Connector module N7 Connector to electrical component 2 F3 4 11 P 12 X11-5.3 11 12 Level < 1 X11-2.1 X11-2.3 R1 X11-5.5 B2 14.2 14 X11-5.4 X11-5.1 K2 X11-5.2 K3 13 14 36 X11-4.8 15 16 17 K9 K10 Control Board X11-4.3 Y2 X11-4.4 J1 X11-4.8 32 P B3 31 X11-4.1 Y3 X11-4.2 X11-4.7 X11-4.5 34 Level 2 X11-4.10 M M3 1 X11-4.9 K8 18 K11 19 X11-3.1 YR X11-3.2 X11-3.4 X11-3.3 20 21 K7 24 L2* L2 B2 B3 E1 F3 F7 H1 K2 K3 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 K13 M2 M3 N1 N7 Q4 R1 V5 X1 X2 X11 X11-6 Y2 Y3 YR Z1 Current Path WARNING ! Always disconnect electrical power to the washer before beginning any service repair procedures. Pressure Switch Level 1 11 Pressure Switch Level 1 16 Heater 9 Door with Lock 8 Motor Overload 21 On/Off Lamp (Indicator Light) 4 Heater Relay 9,11 Heater Relay 11 Reversing Relay 23 Reversing Relay 22 Field Tap Relay 22 Relay Pump 13 Relay Main Wash 16 Relay Prewash 15 Relay Hot Water 18 Relay - Locking 8 Wash/Spin Motor 21 Pump Motor 13 Operating Module 2 Control Module On/Off Switch 4 NTC Temperature Sensor 11 Triac Motor Control 21 Power Terminal Block 1 Motor Connector Plug 20-23 Plug in Connection Control Module 5-23 Diagnostic Plug 9 Inlet Valve Main Wash 16 Inlet Valve Prewash 15 Inlet Valve Hot Water 18 Surge Suppressor 3 List of Components WFK 2401 23 K5 X11-3.6 X2.8 G X2.7 X11-3.5 22 K6 (X11-3.11) (X2.1) S F7 X11-3.9 X11-3.7 X11-3.8 V5 L1 X11-3.10 X2.2 M2 X2.3 X2.5 M2 M X2.4 B33 5008 AA2 Drum rotation right Drum rotation left 5 19 pol. Q4 4 2 H1 Q4 3 DIAGRAM #44 A B Q M 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 10 9 X11-4 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 X11-3 X2 Motor Connector Plug M2 B3-31…36 1 2 1 2 3.5k … 4.7k Y3 Pre wash 3.5k … 4.7k 1 2 Inlet Valve Main Wash Y2 70 … 100 Pump M3 Inlet Valve Hot Water 3.5k … 4.7k YR 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 PE F7 N2 L2* L1 L2* L2* J1 K5 K7 K10 K11 E1 L1 L1 K6 PE Heater 15 … 34 N1 = 25… 32mm N2 = 38… 39cm Safety level = 48… 49cm Safety level N2 Wash/Spin Motor X2.1 – 3 0.7 … 1.2 X2.2 – 3 0.7 … 2 X2.4 – 5 1.5 … 10 X2.6 – 7 14 … 20 M 1 K9 V5 L1 N1 L1 K2 1 < N1 K8 L1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 2 1 N7 Control Module 3 2 1 36 31 34 32 P N2 B3 X11-5 Diagnostic Plug K13 2 3 4 5 X11-6 L1 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 L2* 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 X11-2 X11-8 L2* Door with Lock 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1 2 3 300 …1500 X11-1 F3 N L1 L2 L3 A N L1 L2 L3 1 2 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 10ºC 20ºC 30ºC 40ºC 50ºC 60ºC 66ºC 86ºC WFK 2401 PE X1 Power Terminal Block R1 PE : Side Wall Heater Motor Main Ground Drum rotation right Drum rotation left K5 off on K6 on off … 10.6k … 6.5k … 4.3k … 2.9k … 1.9k … 1.3k … 1.1k … 0.55k NTC Temperature Sensor N1 Operating Manual 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 8.5k 5.4k 3.5k 2.3k 1.5k 1.1k 0.9k 0.45k not actuated at room temperature 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 Z1 Surge Suppressor 1 2 Q4 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 K3 X11-4.5…4.8 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 12 14 11 14 24 23 13 b a Heater Relay 5k … 7k B2 P N1 14.2 Pressure Switch H1 On/Off Lamp (Indicator Light) On/Off Switch A B DIAGRAM #45 B33 5018 AA1 2 4 Q4 5 Q4 B9 B10 C1 E2 E3 F1 F7 H8 M4 4 6 4 5 3 5 6 B9 X6- S9 H8 3 8 8 E3 7 4 6 5 7 10 15 10 8 8 14 6 8 P 9 2 1 11 2 3 12 1 4 X11-1 1 13 1 X2- N3 M8 N1 N3 Q4 R2 R3 S2 S8 S9 2 5 15 3 16 6 4 C1 Current Path M 1 M8 3 5 4 X11-10 Drum Motor 15 Operating Module 21 Power Switch 6-19 On/Off Switch 4 NTC Temperature Sensor 11 NTC Temperature Sensor 13 Selector Switch 21 Sliding Contact – Moisture Sensor 19 Door Switch 6 14 3 F7 X11-2 List of Components 10 E2 R2 5 6 X11-1 X11-12 Current Path 7 1 X11-12 2 X11-12 Overheat Thermostat Level Switch Condensated Water Capacitor Heater Heater Door Switch Motor Overload Illumination Pump Motor Condensate Water List of Components 3 2 1 2 B10 7 6 5 3 2 M 1 3 V2 18 M4 X20 19 N1 / S2 20 S10 V2 X2 X6 X11 X18 X20 X22 17 18 13-16 7-11 6-22 16 20 2 Current Path 22 Sliding Ground Contact Electrode – Moisture (In Drum) Motor Connector Plug Connection Strip Heater Plug in Connection Module Connector Connector Power Connection Box 21 Plug in Connection Module not on models without drum illumination For WTL 5400 condensation dryers 10 pol. S8 List of Components 1 X11-14 X11-5 17 1 X18 S10 518 5008 AA6 1 To WFK 2401 Outlet X22 WTA 3500/ WTL 5400 PE L2 L1 1 F1 R3 DIAGRAM #46 A B 1 15A 2 15A X6 1 2 2 E2 700W = 71 … E2 1300W = 37 … E3 1800W = 27 … 76 42 31 E3 R2 NTC 4 PE 3 3 Heater ** 18k … 22k Connection Strip Heater 1 To WFK 2401 Outlet 3 2 1 E2 6 2 7 1 8 2 Overheat Thermostat B9 F7 1 2 2 Q4 Drum Motor M8 Motor Overload Side Bag opens at 120º C (condens. drying) opens at 100º C (air drying) 5 1 Power Connection Box X22 WTA 3500/ WTL 5400 1 M 3 1 1 2 4 2 2 3 5 1 1 2 2 4 6 5 6 1 1 2 1 2 4 X11-10 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X11-12 2 3 Condensation Air drying drying X2.2 - 3 19 … 25 25 … 29 X2.2 - 4 18 … 23 25 … 30 Motor Connector X2 Plug S9 Door Switch F1 M M4 110 … 136 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Pump Motor Condensate Water 2 C1 Capacitor 1 On/Off Switch 1 H8 Illumination L1 L2* 7 3 1 1 6 6 2 2 2 2 5 3 4 4 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 ** PE 1 2 3 1 2 3 X18 S10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 S8 X20 not on models without drum illumination not on models without drum illumination For WTL 5400 condensation dryers N3 Power Module X11-14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 V2 Moisture Sensors 9k … 11k (Bearing shield) (X11-3) X11-2 X11-5 1 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 PE : Side Wall Front Wall Traverse Main Ground ** 2 2 1 1 P B10 Level Switch Condensated Water X11-1 5 1 3 1 NTC Temperature Sensor R3 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 N1 Operating Module 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 A B DIAGRAM #47 518 5018 AA5 1 A2 2 I2.3- I2.7- 2 1 1 2 f1 1 2 1 SHV 4803 only ON/OFF SWITCH ACTUATOR (Upper Basket) ACTUATOR (Dispenser) DOOR SWITCH REED SWITCH FLOW SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH WATER LEVEL SWITCH HIGH LIMIT 185˚F 4 s2 e6 2 I2.4-3 I2.8- 2 f2-f4 1 CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID SERVICE CONNECTOR Symbol Key 1 4 m2 m3 NTC r1 s2 X2 A1 3 a1 A1 A2 e0 e3 e5 e6 f1 f5 1 1 I2.1- Control Module – I2 1 m3 NTC I2.5-1 e5 F r1 f5 185˚F I2.5-2 I2.2-3 I2.2-2 e0 1 SHU 99, SHV 43/48 I2.4-2 m2 4 2 N L 1M permanent split capacitor motor (m2) 6 4 3 5 2 1 a1 L1 N 5600011178 Symbol Key I2.4-1 I2.6 X2 e3 DIAGRAM #48 A B 1 2 3 4 5 6 P 2 BU-l6-4 2 WH-s2 GYRD-m3-l1 PE-3 WH-a1-2 N GNYE-r1 BK-a1-4 L1 Electrical Supply – l1 1 4 RD-f1-1 RD-A1 Float Switch – e6 SHU 99, SHV 43/48 1 4 RD-e6-1 Water Level Switch – f1 WHRD-e0-1 WHRD-e5-1 WH-l1-N GYBK-l2.5-2 BK-l1-L1 2 1 .6 RD-e5-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5 Heating Element – r1 GNYE-r1 185˚F f5 RD-l6-1 GN-l6-2 GN-l6-3 1 4 2 VT-m2-3 A2 detergent dispenser A1 BU-l2.3-2 BU-l2.3-1 GY-l6-6 WH-l6-9 RD-e6-1 upper basket wash 1 1M 1 WHRD-a1-1 WHVT-m3 RD-r1 Flow Switch – e5 WH-e6-2 VT-l6-5 Water Solenoid – s2 High Limit f2-f4 NTC 2 4 Actuators – A1 & A2 1 GY-l2.2-3 WHRD-a1-1 WHRD-l2.2-2 Door Switch – e0 2 3 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1 L1 WHVT-e5-1 GYRD-e6-4 GYRD-l6-7 = = = = = = = = = = black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink RD-l2.5-1 BN-l2.8-2 BN-l2.8-1 WH-l2.1-3 WH-l2.1-2 WH-l2.1-1 WH-l2.4-3 WH-l2.4-2 WH-l2.4-1 1 SHV 4803 only BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK l6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Wiring Connector – I6 GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4 GNYE-r1 2 1 GNYE-PE-1 Ground – PE YE-l2.7-2 YE-l2.7-1 1 4 S N Reed Switch – e3 RD-f5 GN-NTC GN-NTC BU-f1-4 VT-s2 1 GY-A1 GYRD-m3 BK-m2-1 WH-A1 Drain Motor – m3 K4 VT-e0-2 BK-l6-8 Circulation Motor– m2 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 .8 .7 NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 WH-I6-6 WH-I6-5 WH-I6-4 .4 WHRD-e0-1 GY-e0-4 .3 BU-A2 BU-A2 .2 WH-I6-9 WH-I6-8 WH-I6-7 .5 GYBK-a1-3 RD-l6-1 I2. .1 Control Module – I2 YE-e3 YE-e3 BN-l6-3 BN-l6-2 On/Off Switch – a1 A B DIAGRAM #49 5600011181 A B DIAGRAM #50 F1-FP BPI-BPU PR21-L 5 6 7 8 9 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a -11a 12a 13a 14a 10 PR3-C CR-RGD 11 12 PR3-RSI FI-FF 4 PR3-RGB PR24-VR 3 PR3-RGA PR11-PRF 2 CR-RGC PR12-PRP 1 PR23-VRF 13 14 BE : Broil element, 1750W, 1750W C : Catalyst CF : Cooling fan CFT : Cooling fan thermostat CSW : Clean switch DRM : Door microswitch DWM : Down microswitch EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V) LDL : Locking door warning light LDT : Locking door thermostat LM : Locking motor MSW : Manual switch OL : Oven lamp, 12V-20W ONL : On/Off warning light PR : Programmer PTH : Pyrolytic thermostat RB : Relay board ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000 SW : Switch-commutator TB : Terminal block THL : Thermostat warning light TP : Test point TR : Transformer, 120V-12V, 40W UM : Up microswitch WTH : Working thermostat 15 16 — SW2 16a 0 OFF X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1 BAKE 2 BROIL 3 SELF CLEAN X WIRE COLOR CODE X X X X R Red 22 W BK BL White Black 99 00 Blue BR GY Brown 66 11 90 Gray GN Green 55 W/BL White/Blue W/BK White/Black W/R White/Red W/Y White/Yellow 69 09 29 49 NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE WIRE SIZE (AWG) 1 1 2 4 1a 2a 4a O (OFF) >0÷500ºF SELF CLEAN X X X 4CH/259 2CH/426 POS. 1a MSW TIMER MANUAL X CSW POS. PR 1 16 1a E6 W/Y 20 E3 L N R E4 F1 W/BL RB 16 16 Black 16 20 1 1 14a PRF PR24 VR FF F1 FP BPI BPU PR21 L RGC CR RGD RGA 2 4 5 6 16 BR 20 W/BL 7 8 20 9 10 18 W/BL 18 12 C 14 RSI 15 R 16 18 BR 16 18 GY 18 CSW SW2 GY 16 BL 20 W/R 16 20 11 12 TP3 TP4 EUE IUE 20 20 W/Y TP5 TP6 16 BR 34 4a 16 LM IDE TR BL LDL (white) W/BK PTH 31 16 4 WTH W/BL CSW 16 BL M ST3 20 16 TP2 OL BE 20 16 14 UM OL 2 W W/Y W/R TP1 2a C GY LDT W DRM 20 W CSW 16 CF 20 M BL W/R 11 RGB RSE 16 3 13 PR3 16a 78Ω 5 BR 20 PR11 1 12V 120V 5a BR W/BK 1a W/R 20 SW1 PRP 13a 2 3 CFT 20 U PR12 12a W/BL 20 20 8a 11a 5 White 20 GN 14 I 10a 16 R 20 N 4 18 20 14 AWG 7a 9a Red VRF 6a GY ONL (White) W/R PR23 20 20 16 AWG L2 3 5a BR20 20 16 W/R 16 AWG L1 20 CV 1 18 2 16 AWG 4a W/BK 20 BR 20 SW1 W/BL 16 ST2 THL (red) 16 W/R TB 24 F2 L1 2a DWM 3a E5 Connected for 208V Not connected for 240V 1a W/BL 20 ST1 21 R 20 BK 20 W 20 BL MSW 20 BL 16 16 POS. SW1 I-U 16CH/127 PR3-RSE HBL 63 EDE A B DIAGRAM #51 X X X X X X 5 6 2CH/426 MSW X X X X X X X X X X X X 1 X X X X X X X 2 4 1a 2a 4a X 20 BL E3 E4 N L W/BL W/R Black 16 W/BL FV FF 9a PR23 VRF PR24 VR PR21 L BPI BPU PR22 MV RGC CR 12a RGD 13a W/R RGA 20 1a RGB 15a 1 C 16a PR3 RV RSI CSW W/R 78Ω 18a GY 11 09 29 49 ONL (White) 16 1 2 3 16 W 2a CSW 4 5 6 W/BL GY 16 ER 2 W/R 20 P1 18 7 BR 20 P2 8 BL 9 20 W/R 10 W/Y 19a RSE I U 20a W/R 18 12 W/BL 18 13 R 16 21 14 15 16 18 W/BK 17 BR 18 18 GY 18 19 W/R 32 WTH3 C 20 16 39Ω SW2 11 12 W 20 W/R TP2 TP3 TP4 OL OL BE EUE IUE BL 16 W/M 20 W/Y 14 RE M TR LDT LDL (white) W/R 20 TP5 W/Y TP6 BR WTH1 W/BK 20 20 UM TP1 20 31 BR DRM 20 GY 2 WTH2 20 11 CF 20 M GY 10a 1 BR 7 BR 20 90 69 16 R 2 CFT 20 FP 11a 20 7a 20 20 SW1 20 16 20 3 20 PRF PRP 6a 20 7a BR 8a 20 4 PR11 5a W/BK 20 RB 5 White 20 GN 14 N 14 AWG 66 Brown Gray W/R PR12 3a 20 L2 16 AWG 2a CV 16 20 16 AWG 18 Blue BR 55 W/BL White/Blue W/BK White/Black W/R White/Red W/Y White/Yellow 20 F1 BR Red DWM 24 F2 L1 1a W/BL 20 ST1 21 R 20 BK 1a E6 W/Y 20 1 18 3 99 00 SW1 F1 2 L1 White Black 20 PR R Red W BK BL NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE WIRE SIZE (AWG) 1 POS. WIRE COLOR CODE. 22 GN Green R GY CSW O (OFF) > 0÷500ºF SELF CLEAN X X 4CH/259 E5 16 AWG SW2 W 1 16 TB 19 20 18a 19a 20a X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X POS. 1a TIMER MANUAL X MSW Connected for 208 V Not connected for 240V — I-U PR3-C PR3-RGB CR-RGD CR-RGC PR21-L X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 7 SELF CLEAN 17 18 18 R 4 16 15a 16a 18 THAW 14 15 W/BK 3 13 X 2 CONV. BROIL 11 12 20 1 10 PR3-RSE 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a — PR3-RSI 9 8a PR3-RV 8 7a PR3-RGD PR23-VRF 7 6a PR22-MV FI-FF 6 5a BPI-BPU FI-FV 5 — PR24-VR FI-FP 4 3a LM 16 12 W/BK 14 34 M 11 BL 16 20 W/BL 16 ST2 16 THL (red) 16 BL 4a 4 BL 16 PTH 31 ST3 CSW BL 18 CONV. ROAST BROIL 3 2a BE : Broil element, 1750W, 1750W C : Catalyst CF : Cooling fan CFT : Cooling fan thermostat CSW : Clean switch DRM : Door microswitch DWM : Down microswitch EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W ER : Energy regulator EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V) LDL : Locking door warning light LDT : Locking door thermostat LM : Locking motor OL : Oven lamp 12V-20W ONL : On/Off warning light PR : Programmer PTH : Pyrolytic thermostat RB : Relay board RE : Ring element, 2500W, 2500W ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000 SW : Switch-commutator TB : Terminal block THL : Thermostat warning light TP : Test point TR : Transformer 40W, 120V-12V UM : Up microswitch WM : Working motor WTH : Working thermostat 120V 12V 0 BAKE 2 1a 16 OFF CONV. BAKE 1 PR11-PRF POS. SW1 PR12-PRP HBL/HBN 64 20CH/17MZ IDE EDE 22 A B 7 SELF CLEAN X X X X X X X X MANUAL R Red W BK White Black 99 00 BL Blue BR GY Brown 66 11 Gray 90 69 W/R White/Red W/Y White/Yellow 1 POS. 55 W/BL White/Blue W/BK White/Black UP OVEN 4 4a O (OFF) 4CH/259 > 0÷500ºF SELF CLEAN X X 09 29 49 8 9 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a L X X X 11 12 13 14 15 X X X X 16 X X X X X X X X X 10 11 12 X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 13 14 15 16 16a 0 OFF X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1 BAKE X 10 X X 16CH/127 2 2a 1a CSW 7 7a O R SW2 WIRE COLOR CODE 22 GN Green 6 6a PR3-RSE 6 X DOWN OVEN 5 5a PR3-RSI 5 BAKE BROIL X X X X X X X X X X X X X 4 4a PR3-C 4 X X X X X X 3 3a PR3-RGB 3 THAW X X X X X X 2 2a PR3-RGA CONV. BROIL X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1 1a CR-RGD X X X X X X 2 CONV. BAKE 16CH/112 X 1 CONV. ROAST SW2 TSW CR-RGC 0 OFF BE : Broil element, 1750W, 1750W C : Catalyst CF : Cooling fan CFT : Cooling fan thermostat CSW : Clean switch DRM : Door microswitch DWM : Down microswitch EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W ER : Energy regulator EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V) LDL : Locking door warning light LDT : Locking door thermostat LM : Locking motor MTB : Main terminal block ONL : On/Off warning light OL : Oven lamp, 12V—20W PTH : Pyrolytic thermostat PR : Programmer RB : Relay board RE : Ring element, 2500W, 2500W ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000 STB : Service terminal block SW : Switch-commutator TP : Test point THL : Thermostat warning light TSW : Timer switch commutator TR : Transformer, 120V—12V, 40W UM : Up microswitch WM : Working motor WTH : Working thermostat 20 PR21-L 19 18a 19a 20a BPI-BPU 18 F1-FP 17 I-U PRE-RSE PR3-RSI PR3-RV 16 15a 16a FI-FF 14 15 PR24-VR 13 PR11-PRF 11 12 PR12-PRP 9 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a I-U 8 8a POS. 7 7a PR23-VRF 6 6a PR3-C PR3-RGB PR3-RGA 5 5a POS. 10 CR-RGD CR-RGC PR22-MV BPI-BPU 4 3a PR21-L 3 2a PR24-VR 2 PR23-VRF FI-FV 1 1a FI-FF FI-FP SW1 POS. PR11-PRF PR12-PRP DIAGRAM #52 2 BROIL 3 SELF CLEAN X X X X X 18 NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE WIRE SIZE WTH 2 ER W/R 18 21 P1 W/R 14 WTH1 18 R 11 22 2 P2 UPPER OVEN 12 R 20 R 20 BL 20 15a PR3 RV RSI R 20 W 20 R 18 16 18 W/BK 17 18 BR 18 18 GY 20 R 34 IDE 15 20 20 IUE PTH 31 18 ST3 16 BL EDE W/Y 20 W/R 20 W 20 W 20 20 1a SW1 GY 20 20 W/R 1 CSW ONL (White) BK W/Y 20 W/BL W/R 18 18 TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 14a 4a 3 3a CV 20 BK L1 BK E5 N 4 L2 3 L1 16 BK 16 W/BL 5 16 E4 BL 20 10a 10 20 R 16 BK F1 6 2 20 4 F2 20 GY 13a 13 GN 14 E3 1 BL 24 20 21 ST1 15a 16 GN 14 3 2 STB 1 20 16 15 TSW 20 20 16 PR 20 W DWM L N NOT CONNECTED FOR 240V 14 BK 20 W CONNECTED FOR 208V 5a 11a W/BK 16 20 BL RB 5 11 W/BL MTB GN 14 16 12 AWG 12 AWG 6a 12a TSW 16 16a 14 AWG 6 12 20 R 10 AWG 16 BK 16 20 DWM BL 24 20 21 ST1 16 TSW W CF R 16 M BR W/BL 16 20 R ST2 78Ω 7a W/R 18 LM BL 19 U W/BK 16 18 13 BR 16 W/R BR I 20a 8a 20 RSE 19a 39Ω 18 20 SW1 7 R TSW CFT 11 W/R 8 16 16 18a C M 20 UM WM M BR 12 14 C 16a 20 4a LDL (White) 20 RGA RGB EUE 14 20 GY 13a THL (Red) (Optional) 20 RGD 31 20 W/Y CSW 20 LDT W/R RGC 32 4 BE WTH3 W/R 20 10 MV CR 12a OL OL 20 9 BPU 11a GY 8 11 12 RE 7 BR 20 L PR22 6 16 20 20 GY 20 R 20 VR BPI 10a BL VRF PR24 PR21 9a 20 PR23 W/BL BL 8a 5 16 7a DRM GY 4 FF 6a 20 BR BR 2 2a 16 20 BL 16 W FV 5a 7 16 16 BK 7a W 16 3 16 F1 CSW TSW 2 FP 16 PRP TR PRF PR12 20 PR11 3a 120V 12V 20 2a R 20 1 BL BL SW1 1a PRF VR FF F1 FP BPI 9a PR21 L RGC CR RGD GY 20 W/BK 13a 16 14a RGB PR3 C RSI 16a W/R RSE SW2 6 120V 12V 20 CSW 1 2 2a W/R BE EUE C 20 10 WTH BR 18 12 R 16 IUE BL 34 13 ST3 PTH IDE 4 4A W/BL W/R DRM 4 OL 11 20 20 LDL (White) 16 OL 7 8 W 20 UM LM BL 11 W/Y BL CSW 4a 20 20 20 1a 5 BR 20 31 14 15 BR 18 16 GY 18 W/R 20 16 EDE TLH (Red) (Optional) BL TSW 9 RGA ST2 W 16 14 GY W/BL 16 BPU 10a 11a 12 M W/Y 16 BL PR11 PR24 W/R LDT 20 4 TP6 W/R 20 8a W/R W/R PRP PR12 TP5 W 16 7a 2 3 20 W/BK 16 6a U TP4 1 BR 16 5a BR 20 I TP3 20 16 4a VRF TP2 20 16 W/R 3a PR23 TP1 W/R 18 W 20 SW2 1a 2a CF 20 TR 2 BR 20 20 M ONL (White) GY 20 SW2 7a 2a TSW BL W/BL 18 CFT 20 78Ω 20 BR 7 LOWER OVEN W/R 20 GY 20 BL 1 1a CSW HBL/HBN 65 CONV. ROAST 1 2 CONV. BAKE CONV. BROIL 3 THAW 4 5 BAKE 6 BROIL 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 13 PR3-C PR3-RGA CR-RGD CR-RGC 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 15a 16a HBL/HBN 66 I-U 5a 10 PRE-RSE 9 PR3-RSI 8 PR3-RV 7 PR3-RGB 6 19 20 18a 19a 20a TSW SW2 16CH/112 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 7 SELF CLEAN 5 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X DOWN OVEN X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X MANUAL R 21 4 5 6 7 8 9 3a 4a 5a 6a 7a 8a 9a 10a 11a 12a 13a 14a 15a 16a L X X X 10 11 12 13 14 15 X X X X X X 12 18 X X X 1 2 4 1a 2a 4a O (OFF) > 0÷500ºF SELF CLEAN X X X POS. CSW 16 X X X X X X X 11 P2 UPPER OVEN 3 2a 14 WTH1 W/BK 18 22 2 2 1a 4CH/259 18 WTH2 P1 18 1 O R UP OVEN ER W/R POS. OFF 0 4 PR22-MV 3a BPI-BPU 2a PR21-L 1a PR24-VR POS. SW1 PR23-VRF 3 FI-FF 2 DIAGRAM #53 FI-FV FI-FP 1 PR11-PRF PR12-PRP A B R 20 R 20 BL BL 11a 12a RGC CR RGD 13a RGA 15a C 16a RV PR3 RSI 16 18a 19a R TSW RSE I 8a CFT W/R 18 R R 20 C BL BR IUE 15 18 16 18 17 18 BR 18 18 GY PTH 31 20 20 16 BL EDE W/BK W/Y 20 W/R 20 W 20 W 20 SW1 LM BL 34 IDE 20 R 20 UM 18 1a GY 20 1 20 W/R BE : Broil element, 1750W, 1750W C : Catalyst, 150W CF : Cooling fan CFT : Cooling fan thermostat CSW : Clean switch DRM : Door microswitch DWM : Down microswitch EDE : External down element, 400W, 600W ER : Energy regulator EUE : External up element, 1400W, 1400W IDE : Internal down element, 1200W, 1400W IUE : Internal up element, 348W(111V), 348W(111V) LDL : Locking door warning light LDT : Locking door thermostat LM : Locking motor MTB : Main terminal block OL : Oven lamp 12V-20W ONL : On/Off warning light PR : Programmer PTH : Pyrolytic thermostat RB : Relay board RE : Ring element, 2500W, 2500W ST : Safety thermostat, 68000, 77000 STB : Service terminal block SW : Switch-commutator THL : Thermostat warning light TP : Test point TSW : Timer switch commutator TR : Transformer 120V-12V, 40W UM : Up microswitch WM : Working motor WTH : Working thermostat W/Y CSW 20 W W/R 16 BK ONL (White) 5a 11 11a 14 14a 13 13a 4 4a 3 3a RB 20 BL 24 20 21 ST1 FP FV FF PR23 VRF PR24 VR PR21 L BPI BPU 10a PR22 MV 2 3 W/BK GY 20 ST2 12a 13a 16 RGC TSW OL CR RGD RGA 1a 1 W 15a W/R 16a PR3 18a 19a 20a BR 20 W/Y 20 20 P1 11 16 BL EUE 18 12 W/R 18 13 R 16 C IUE IDE 18 18 BR 18 GY 18 20 TLH (Red) 2 P2 EDE WTH2 BR 34 W/BK 18 4 M W/BL 31 16 PTH BL 18 W/BK 21 4a BL ST3 22 R WIRE COLOR CODE W/R 20 1 1a W/R 20 20 WM 11 20 ER BE 31 SW1 20 20 GY 20 W/R WTH1 14 RE WTH3 32 W/R W/Y DRM 2 2a 16 12 9 RGB 14 15 C 16 RV 17 RSI 18 RSE 19 U 20 LM W/R 20 UM BL HDL (White) BL CSW OL 6 8 20 M W/Y W/BL W 16 5 10 14 11 TP6 20 16 120V 12V 39Ω 20 BR 11a 12 LDT 20 4 7 W GY PRP TP5 20 W/R 18 PR12 TP4 18 9a TP3 18 W/R CF 1 16 W/BL 16 8a TP2 20 W/R 20 7a TP1 W/BL 18 BR 16 PRF F1 6a STB 1 W/R PR11 5a 3 W/R 18 TR 20 W/BL 3a L1 2 15a W GY 20 2a GN 14 20 20 15 TSW ONL (White) 20 SW2 1a 16 W/R 16 SW2 20 L2 3 1 DWM M BR N 4 20 20 BL L 20 7a 5 2 BR CFT 10 78Ω 7 2a TSW 16 NOT CONNECTED FOR 240V R 16 E3 16 LOWER OVEN 16 BK E5 BK BR 16 W/BL L1 E4 BL 20 6 GN 14 CONNECTED FOR 208V CV F1 20 16 BK F2 20 GY 20 W PR 20 BR TP6 GN 14 20 BK N 16 BK TP5 MTB 16 10a 10 W/R TP4 12 AWG 12 AWG 12a 20 W/BK 16 6a 5 R 20 W/BL 6 12 20 20 TSW 16 16a BL 24 20 21 ST1 R 10 AWG 16 14 AWG DWM 16 BK BL TP3 W/R 18 TSW 2 TP2 TP1 W/BL 18 CSW BR 20 W CF 16 M 16 BL 78Ω 20 W R 16 SW1 20 W/BL 18 LDL (White) BR 20 7a 16 11 13 WM 16 20 M 12 ST2 7 20 BR 14 THL (Red) 19 U 20a W/BK 8 EUE 39Ω 18 14 RGB 31 20 W/Y BE WTH3 W/R 20 10 MV 32 20 9 BPU PR22 OL 20 DRM 20 LDT 20 8 20 BPI 20 BR 7 GY 11 12 RE OL W/R L 16 20 VR PR21 GY 4 VRF PR24 W/BL 6 4a PR23 5 R 20 10a 20 GY R 9a FF BR 2 BL FV 2a W 16 8a 16 4 16 7a CSW 7 W 18 CSW 20 BR TSW 7a 3 16 6a 1 2 FP 16 PRP 5a 20 BL BL 20 PRF PR12 F1 16 BK GY 20 PR11 20 3a 20 2a 120V 12V TR SW1 1a R16 20 CSW R Red 22 W BK BL White Black 99 00 Blue BR GY Brown 66 11 90 Gray GN Green W/BL White/Blue W/BK White/Black W/R White/Red W/Y White/Yellow 55 69 09 29 49 NOTE: THE NUMBERS 14-16-18-20 INDICATE THE WIRE SIZE > S H H2 2 P1 4 N2.4 N31.S N2.2 N1.4 N1.4A S H1 H N32 4 4A H2 N1.2 N34.S N32.S N4.P2 4A H30 N3.4A E30 N3.4 4 4 2 N33 > E3 P1 P1 2 N4.4 N3.2 N31.S N33.S N4.2 H S H4 N34 S E4 H H3 N4.P1 N34.S > E30 H30 X7.4 N33.2 X7.2 N3.S1 N2.S1 N3.P1 X7.3 N32.2 X7.1 N4.S1 N3.S1 N1.S1 N2.S1 H1–4 X7.4 N34.2A X7.2 N33.S N31.4 H7 4 3 2 1 P2 4 P1 P2 4 P1 2 N3.4 N3.4 N3 N2.S2 N32.4 N2 N4.S2 N3.S2 N34.4 N4 N1.S2 N2.S2 N1.4 N33.4 E30.4A 4 P2 4 P1 S1 S2 2 S1 S2 2 E1.4 N1.4 N1 H7 N4.S2 N1.S2 N1.P2 N2.P2 N3.P2 N4.P2 N1.P1 N2.P1 N3.P1 N4.P1 E10.4A 4 P2 4 P1 S1 S2 4A 2 S1 S2 4A H10 H7 X7.3 N31.2 X7.1 N4.S1 N1.P2 X7 GND L2 L1 X7 NKT 72 Terminal Block Element 1000W Element 1300W Element 1500W Element 1500W Element 800W Element 17 00W Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp E1 E10 E2 E3 E30 E4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H7 H10 H30 N1 N2 N3 N4 N31 SYMBOL KEY 173—76866-011 E2 E10 E1 > 2 4 P1 H10 N31 H3 H1 N34.H N33.H H4 N32.H N31.H NOTE: Front edge, viewing bottom of cooktop. DIAGRAM #54 A B 2 E1 E10 E2 E3 E30 E4 Element Element Element Element Element Element SYMBOL KEY 1 GND 3 L2 4 X7 4 5 H3 6 15 17 21 23 25 29 7 H4 N33 H N34 S CURRENT PATH 1000W 1300W 1500W 1600W 800W 1700W 3 H2 H N31 H N32 H1 S S X7 2 L1 1 H S 9 10 S2 11 H7 13 2 2 P1 14 1 3 5 7 11 19 27 16 19 20 22 4 Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator Terminal Block X7 NKT 72 23 24 1 9/15/17 10/21 11/23/25 12/29 4 28 P2 4 4 P1 2 2 P1 29 N4 N34 E4 N34 N4 P> 31 29 7 23 5 21 3 15 1 CURRENT PATH 30 N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp SYMBOL KEY 27 H30 26 4A 4A 25 N3 E30 CURRENT PATH 21 N1 N2 N3 N4 SYMBOL KEY 17 N2 N3 N33 P2 4 E3 P2 N32 E2 P1 2 2 P1 P2 18 H10 N33 N3 P> 4 4 4A 4A P1 2 2 P1 4 N1 E10 N32 N2 P> 4 4 15 N1 E1 N31 4P1 N1 P> CURRENT PATH 12 S2 S1 Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp SYMBOL KEY H1 H2 H3 H4 H7 H10 H30 8 S2 S2 S1 N1 N2 N3 N4 S1 S1 A B DIAGRAM #55 173—76866—012 > 4 4A S H1 H S H H2 2 P1 4 N2.4 N32 N1.4 N1.4A 2 P1 H10 N31.S N2.2 N1.2 N35.S N32.S E50 E5 > H5 4 4A 4A S H5 2 H50 N5.4 N5.4A H P1 4 N5.2 N31.S N33.S N4.P1 N33.S H4 H S N34 E40 N35 H40 N4.4A N35.H N4.P2 N33.H H3 H4 N34.H N3.4 2 S H3 4 P1 H N33 N4.4 N4.2 N35.S N34.S N3.2 4 2 4 P1 > E4 > E3 N33.2 N3.S1 N2.P1 N5.S1 N3.S1 N2.P2 N35.4 2 P2 4 P1 2 E5.4 E50.4A 4 P2 4 P1 P2 4 P1 S1 S2 4A 2 S1 S2 2 N4.4 E4 N4 N1.S2 N2.S2 N1.4 N32.4 N3 N5.S2 N5.4 N5.4 N5 N2.S2 N3.S2 N32.4 N2 N4.S2 N5.S2 N34.4 E40.4A S1 S2 4A P2 4 P1 S1 S2 2 E1.4 N1.4 N1 H7 N4.S2 N1.S2 N2.P2 N4.P2 N1.P2 N5.P2 N1.P1 N5.P1 N2.P1 N4.P1 E10.4A 4 P2 4 P1 S1 S2 H7 4 3 2 1 4A H50 X7.4 N35.2 X7.1 N2.S1 N3.S1 N4.S1 N5.S1 N3.P2 X7.3 N32.2 X7.2 N3.P1 E40 H40 N1.S1 N2.S1 H1–5 X7.3 N34.2A X7.2 N33.S N31.4 H10 H7 X7.4 N31.2 X7.1 N4.S1 N1.P2 X7 GND L2 L1 Element 1000W Element 1300W Element 1500W Element 1700W Element 1600W Element 800W Element 1000W Element 1000W Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator, Dual Zone X7 NKT 92 Terminal Block N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N35 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp E1 E10 E2 E3 E4 E40 E5 E50 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H10 H40 H50 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 SYMBOL KEY 173—76865—011 E2 E10 E1 > 4 N31 H2 H1 N32.H N31.H NOTE: Front edge, viewing bottom of cooktop. DIAGRAM #56 A B 2 3 E1 E10 E2 E3 E4 E40 E5 E50 Element Element Element Element Element Element Element Element SYMBOL KEY 1 GND 3 L2 4 X7 H2 H N31 H N32 H1 S S X7 2 L1 1 5 6 7 H4 H S S 8 15 17 21 23 25 27 31 33 9 H5 S2 S2 S1 10 11 H7 12 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H7 H10 H40 H50 13 2 2 P1 14 1 3 5 7 9 11 19 29 35 17 18 19 4 21 23 Terminal Block X7 NKT 92 E4 24 P2 4 4 P1 2 2 P1 25 N4 N34 P2 4 4 N4 P> N34 P1 2 2 P1 1 9/15/17 10/21 11/23 12/25/27 13/31/33 CURRENT PATH Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator Regulator Regulator, Dual Zone Regulator, Dual Zone 22 N3 N33 E3 N33 N3 P> N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 SYMBOL KEY 20 N2 N32 E2 P2 16 H10 P2 4 4A 4A P1 2 2 P1 4 N1 E10 N32 N2 P> 4 4 15 N1 E1 N31 4P1 N1 P> CURRENT PATH S2 S1 Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp Heat Indicator Lamp On Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp Dual Zone Indicator Lamp SYMBOL KEY N35 H CURRENT PATH 1000W 1300W 1500W 1700W 1600W 800W 1000W 1000W 4 H3 N33 H N34 S S2 S2 S1 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 S1 S1 26 28 29 H40 30 P1 4 2 2 P1 4 4A 4A H50 N31 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N32 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N33 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N34 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp N35 Thermostat Limit Assembly – High Limit – Heat Indicator Lamp 31 9 29 7 23 5 21 3 15 1 CURRENT PATH 31 P2 4 N5 E5 4 E50 N5 SYMBOL KEY 4 4A 4A 27 N4 E40 N35 N5 P> A B DIAGRAM #57 173—76865—012 G L N Chassis Ground GN OR = orange WH = white BU = blue GN = green YE = yellow RD = red BK = black Blower Motor WH RD BK WH BU Switch Control Board (lower) OR WH YE BK Gear Motor BK DHD 865/965 Switchboard (upper) OR DIAGRAM #58 A B G L N Chassis Ground GN BU OR = orange WH = white BU = blue GN = green YE = yellow RD = red BK = black GN WH Triac Snubber BK To Remote Blower DHG 565 RD BK WH BU Switch Control Board (lower) OR WH Gear Motor BK YE BK OR Switchboard (upper) DHD 805/905 A B DIAGRAM #59 2 4 1 f1 I2.2- 4 2 I2.4- 1 1 1 2 4 s2 e6 5 I2.4- 1M 3 m2 185˚F NTC f5 e5 F r1 I2.7-1 7 I2.56 4 6 5 I2.1-2 2 3 1 a1 I2.7-2 I2.1-1 e0 L1 N ON/OFF SWITCH ACTUATOR (Dispenser) DOOR SWITCH FLOW SWITCH FLOAT SWITCH WATER LEVEL SWITCH HIGH LIMIT 185˚F CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID SERVICE CONNECTOR N L 1M permanent split capacitor motor (m2) a1 A2 e0 e5 e6 f1 f5 m2 m3 NTC r1 s2 X2 Symbol Key SHU 33 560—2032–576 m3 1M 2 Control Module – I2 I2.8 X2 f2-f4 A2 DIAGRAM #60 A B 1 2 3 4 5 6 e0 4 2 WH-s2 GYRD-m3-L1 GNYE-r1 WH-a1-2 N PE-3 BK-a1-4 L1 Electrical Supply – l1 1 RD-f1-1 WH-I6-2 Float Switch – e6 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 .2 2 1 .6 2 1 P 2 RD-e5-4 GNYE-l1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5 Heating Element – r1 A2 .5 High Limit 1 4 2 WHRD-a1-1 WHVT-m2-3 RD-r1 RD-r1 RD-l6-1 GN-l6-5 GN-l6-4 1M 1 3 K4 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1 L1 WHVT-m2-2 GYRD-e6-4 GYRD-l6-9 Drain Motor – m3 2 1 2 4 RD-f5 WH-e6-1 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK = = = = = = = = = = l6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink BU-l2.5-7 BU-l2.5-6 BU-l2.4-5 BU-l2.4-4 BU-l2.4-3 BU-l2.4-2 RD-l2.7-1 WH-a1-6 Wiring Connector – I6 GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4 GNYE-r1 GNYE-PE-1 Ground – PE SHU 33 GN-NTC GN-NTC VT-s2 BU-f1-4 BK-m2-1 WHVT-e5-1 GYRD-m3-L1 BK-l6-8 WHVT-m3 Circulation Motor– m2 185˚F f5 f2-f4 NTC NTC – f2 & f4 / Thermostat – f5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 .1 2 1 Flow Switch – e5 YE-l2.2-2 YE-l2.2-1 Actuator (Dispenser) – A2 WH-e6-2 VT-l6-5 Water Solenoid – s2 1 4 BU-l6-7 RD-e6-1 RD-l6-1 GYBK-a1-3 .8 WH-a1-5 WHRD-a1-1 .7 1 2 BU-I6-4 BU-I6-5 I2. .4 YE-A2 YE-A2 Water Level Switch – f1 GNYE-r1 On/Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0 WHRD-I2.1-1 WHRD-e5-1 WH-l1-N GYBK-l2.7-2 BK-l1-L1 WH-I2.1-2 WH-I6-2 BU-I2.4-1 BU-I6-6 BU-I6-7 BU-I6-8 BU-I6-9 BU-a1-6 Control Module– I2 A B DIAGRAM #61 560—2032–576 2 4 3 6 MAIN SWITCH 2 ACTUATOR (Dispenser) 9 DOOR SWITCH 3 FLOW SWITCH 11 FLOAT SWITCH 7 WATER LEVEL SWITCH 5 THERMOSTAT 135˚F 8 THERMOSTAT 149˚F 6 current path 4 f4 149˚F 2 1 7 HIGH LIMIT 185˚F ON/OFF LAMP TIMER MOTOR CIRCULATION MOTOR DRAIN MOTOR HEATING ELEMENT WATER SOLENOID TIMER CONTACTS Symbol Key 5 s2 4 f5 h1 m1 m2 m3 r1 s2 u– 4 1 b a1 A2 e0 e5 e6 f1 f3 f4 3 1 h1 2 f1 a u5 e6 1 5 A2 3 b u3 f3 11 4 12 13 10 11 5 – current path 8 b3 4 a b1 2 9 135˚F 10 1M m3 2 F e5 1 4 r1 11 b1 & b3 b1 & b2 b3 POWER SCRUB REGULAR RINSE & HOLD f5 185˚F 12 1M m1 a b a Selector Switch Contacts PTC b u6 u4 m2 N L 1M permanent split capacitor motor (m2) a SHU 3032/3036 13 1M b u2 5600 00 2809 Symbol Key e0 a1 1 2 current path N L1 DIAGRAM #62 A B PE-3 WH-a1-2 N GNYE-r1 BK-a1-4 L1 m1 L1 RD-e5-4 GNYE-I1-PE-3 GNYE-PE-2 GNYE-s2 GNYE-m2 RD-f5 Heating Element – r1 1 P 2 4 High Limit 185˚F f5 149˚F f4 GY-l6-1 WH-f4 BU-l6-4 VT-s2 RD-r1 WHRD-l6-9 GN-l6-6 h1 a1 GYRD-m3-L1 WH-e5-2 WH-f1-4 Thermostats – f4 & f5 BURD-m3 VT-f1-2 2 4 RD-l6-5 Water Level Switch – f1 BURD-m2-2 BURD-s2 1 e0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Float Switch – e6 WHRD-A2 GYBK-e5-1 BK-m2-1 GYRD-I6-8 VT-b-3 YE-b-1 RD-A2 GYRD-l6-8 GYRD-e6-4 Drain Motor – m3 1M Water Solenoid – s2 GY-e6-2 GN-f4 RD-e6-1 BU-f1-1 WH-e5-2 GNYE-r1 GNYE-PE-6 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Electrical Supply – l1 GY-u-5 GN-u-5b RD-a1-3 BU-u-5a WH-u-6a WHRD-a1-1 GYRD-u-4b WHRD-f5 BURD-m2 GYRD-m3-L1 Wiring Connector – l6 WHVT-a1-3 WH-b-5 WH-I6-3 GY-l6-1 BU-l6-4 GN-I6-6 GN-f3 5b 5a 5 6a 6 6b 3b 3a 3 4b 4a 4 2b 2a 2 GN-u-5b GN-b-4 BU-b-2 2 WH-f4 WH-l6-3 RD-r1 1M 1 2 3 K1 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-r1 BK-u-2b BURD-m3 BURD-l6-9 WHRD-u-m1 WHRD-a1-1 RD-u-3b 1 2 4 5 6 BK BN RD YE GN BU VT GY WH PK = = = = = = = = = = black brown red yellow green blue violet gray white pink GNYE-m2 GNYE-PE-4 GNYE-r1 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-PE-1 GNYE-s2 Ground – PE A2 Actuator (Dispenser) – A2 Circulation Motor – m2 1 4 Flow Switch – e5 161˚F 1 2 3 4 5 Selector Switch – b Thermostat – f3 On / Off Switch – a1 Door Switch – e0 WHRD-l6-9 WHRD-A2 WH-l1-N WHVT-u-4 RD-l6-5 BK-l1-L1 Timer – u YE-u-3a BU-f3 VT-u-3 GN-f3 WH-u-6a SHU 3032/3036 A B DIAGRAM #63 5600 00 2830 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 8 7 6 P 149˚F/149˚F R O 135˚F/149˚F G 149˚F/149˚F R A 135˚F/149˚F M WASH/RINSE OPERATION TIMER POSITION TIME IN SECONDS C O N T A C T S T I 2 M 3 E 4 R 5 a b a b a b a b a b a b a b a b PRE-WASH PRE-WASH WASH W/ HEAT PRE-RINSE RINSE W/ HEAT DRYING TIMING KEY (TIME FOR SENSOR TO BE SATISFIED) Circulation Motor Thermostat 135˚F Actuator Heating Element Drain Motor Water Solenoid Thermostat 149˚F Timer Motor = DRAINING = FILLING = CIRCULATION = HEATING R = DETERGENT DISPENSING K = RINSE–AID DISPENSING T = DRYING SHU 303X Rinse & Hold Regular (Reg Temp) Regular (High Temp) Power Scrub (Reg Temp) Power Scrub (High Temp) 5600 03 5985 P F U H OPERATION KEY RINSE STALL 149˚ 135˚ WASH STALL 149˚ 149˚ f3 = 135˚ THERMOSTAT f4 = 149˚ THERMOSTAT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 f1 = WATER LEVEL SWITCH 30 f1+4 56 30 30 f1+30 150 180 30 30 f1+4 56 30 30 f1+30 150 180 60 30 30 30 30 f1+30 150 f3/f4+4 176 1260 180 180 60 30 30 30 30 f1+30 150 180 30 30 30 30 f1+30 30 60 60 f4+60 180 60 30 90 180 180 180 30 P F F+U P+U P F F+U U P+U P F F+U P+U P F F+U U U P+U P F+U P F F+U+R U+H U U U U U P+U P F+U P F F+U U P+U P F+U P F F+U F+U F+U U+H F+U+K U+H P T T T T P 1 DIAGRAM #64 B FOR MODELS: SHI 4302 6802 6806 4306 6805 BOSCH Dishwasher Repair Manual Effective: December 1, 1998 SHU 3002 3012 4002 4016 4026 4302 4312 5302 5305 5312 5315 6802 6806 3006 3016 4006 4022 4036 4306 4316 5304 5306 5314 5316 6805 4303 4803 SHV BSH Home Appliances 2800 South 25th Avenue Broadview, Illinois 60153 1st Edition/Rev. 0-A Introduction This Repair Manual is designed to assist you in the evaluation, diagnosis and repair of the current SHI, SHU and SHV model dishwasher series. To better understand these appliances, their operation and construction we suggest that you read this manual thoroughly before attempting any repairs. All information is current at the time of printing. H 1 Table of Contents Description Page Section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Warranty / Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Model / Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 7 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Operation, SHU 3002 / 3006 / 3012 / 3016 / 4002 / 4006 / 4016 / 4022 / 4026 / 4036 . Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation, SHI 4302 / 4306 — SHU 4302 / 4306 / 4312 / 4316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation, SHU 5302 / 5304 / 5305 / 5306 / 5312 / 5314 / 5315 / 5316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation, SHI / SHU 6802 / 6805 / 6806 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Section 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 – 21 Interior Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 – 25 Detergent / Rinse-Agent Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Washability / Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 SERVICE REMINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Outer Door Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Dispenser Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Dispenser Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Fascia Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 – 35 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Section 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Base Components – Front Accessible: Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Circulation Motor Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Leveling Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Water Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Drain Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 — 41 H 2 Table of Contents SERVICE REMINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Description Page Section 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Left Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Left Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 – 47 Water Inlet / Discharge System – Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Section 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Right Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Right Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 NTC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 NTC Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 – 57 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Section 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Tank Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 – 62 Base Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Circulation Pump / Motor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Circulation Pump / Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Heater Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Heater Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Aqua Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Door Spring Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Section 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Wiring Diagrams / Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(see Tech Manual) Test Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(see Test Programs) H 3 Section 1 Description Page Warranty / Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Model / Serial Number Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 – 7 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 H 4 Warranty / Technical Specifications Warranty 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd – 5th Year 3rd – 5th Year Parts & Labor. Parts only. Electronic Boards, parts only. Racks, parts only. This does not include rack wheels; silverware baskets or plastic shelving. Lifetime Stainless Steel. Must receive a special authorization before attempting any repairs or replacement. Cosmetic items, Facia and Door Panels are only warranted against manufacturing defects. In the event of a scratch or dent have the customer contact the Customer Service Department. CUSTOMER SERVICE 800-944-2904 TECHNICAL SERVICE 888-522-6724 Technical Specifications Electrical Requirements Rating Dedicated Circuit Total Amps (load rated) 120V / 60Hz 15 Amp 11 Amp Water Supply Suggested Incoming Temp. PSI Min / Max Water Connection Component Values Component Water Valve Drain Motor Circulation Motor NTC PTC (actuator) Heater 140° f 20 / 60 3/8” Copper or Flexible Stainless Steel Ohms* 1K 16 10 55K at room temp. (75° f) 200 10.5 Amperage — .75 1.25 — — 9.75 Other — — — Resistance decreases as temperature increases — 1200 watts *always disconnect both component leads before measuring for resistance. Electrical Warning: To avoid personal injury and/or property damage it is important that safe servicing practices and procedures are observed at all times. Disconnect the electrical service before attempting any repairs, and live tests are to be performed by experienced and qualified service personnel only. H 5 Model / Serial Number Location Fig. 1-1 Fig. 1-2 Located on the right hand side of the Inner Door is the Model and Serial number tag, Fig. 1-1. The Model and Serial numbers can be found on the left side of the tag within the black outline box, Fig. 1-2. The Model Number for this unit is SHU 5312 UC/U06. Located just under the Model Number is the ten-digit Serial Number. The Serial Number for this unit is FD 7801 123456. Service note: A second Model and Serial number tag is located on the Base, see Section 5, Fig. 10-1. H 6 Product Overview The Bosch dishwasher utilizes a two motor system with separate Circulation and Drain Motors, and a Flow Through Heater controlled by a Flow Switch and NTC Thermistor. With some models also having the advanced logic feature of an Aqua Sensor turbidity measuring devise, Fig. 2-1. • A two motor system allows each motor to be designed for a single function, thus reducing overall size and energy consumption. While also reducing operating noise. • The Flow-Through Heater allows a shorter heating cycle since all water must pass through the Heater, increasing water temperature by approximately two degrees a minute. To protect the heater from dry fire, the Flow Switch will not allow the Heater to activate unless water is flowing. • Water temperature is controlled by the NTC (negative temperature coefficient). As water temperature increases the NTC records the decrease in resistance. The Control Unit Logic Board measures this resistance change and allows the program to advance once the correct temperature (resistance level) is reached. • The Aqua Sensor turbidity measuring device, which is available only on select models, evaluates the pre-wash water using a beam of light and a pick-up sensor. If the beam passes easily through the pre-wash water then no additional wash water is added. If the beam cannot pass through, then the pre-wash water is drained and a fresh fill is added for the main wash cycle. The heated water then advances through the system via a four level wash system that uses both an upper and lower spray arm as well as an overhead sprayer, Fig. 2-2. Aqua Sensor NTC Flow Through Heater Upper Spray Arm Flow Switch Lower Spray Arm Circulation Motor / Pump Impeller Cover Drain Motor Fig. 2-1 H 7 Product Overview Overhead Spray Coupling Upper Spray Arm Feed Tube Lower Spray Arm Aqua Sensor Sump Fig. 2-2 Flow Through Heater H 8 Notes H 9 Section 2 Description Page Operation, SHU 3002 / 3006 / 3012 / 3016 / 4002 / 4006 / 4016 / 4022 / 4026 / 4036 . 10 Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Operation, SHI 4302 / 4306 SHU 4302 / 4306 / 4312 / 4316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Operation, SHU 5302 / 5304 / 5305 / 5306 / 5312 / 5314 / 5315 / 5316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Operation, SHI & SHU 6802 / 6805 / 6806 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Cycle Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 H 10 Operation SHU 3002/3006/3012/3016/4002/4006/4016/4022/4026/4036 Fig. 3-1 Fig. 3-2 The SHU 30** and 40** are both mechanical units that operate using a basic Timer and Selector Switch. TO OPERATE EITHER MODEL, (a SHU 4006 is shown): Fig. 3-2. First select a cycle by pushing the corresponding Cycle Button in. The Cycle Button remains in the indented position until another cycle is chosen. Now, depress the On/Off Button until it locks in place and the On LED illuminates. Note: The On lamp will remain illuminated until the On/Off Button is depressed a second time turning the unit off. If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off and must again be depressed to re-active the unit. Fig. 3-1. Then, turn the Timer Knob slowly clockwise to the start position and release. You will hear the Drain Motor activate. The Timer Knob will continue to advance clockwise back to the twelve O’clock position until the cycle is complete. Please note: During the Rinse & Hold Cycle the Timer Knob will only advance to the two O’clock position and then stop, indicating the end of the Rinse & Hold cycle. H 11 Cycle Chart SHU 3002/3006/3012/3016/4002/4006/4016/4022/4026/4036 Type of dishware e.g. china, pots/pans, Non-delicutlery, cate glasses, etc. Mixed Type of food remains Soups, casseroles, sauces, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food Amount of food remains a lot Condition of food remains stuck on hard Wash cycle Cycle sequence Delicate Mixed Soups, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food Coffee, cakes, milk, salami, cold drinks, salads a lot a little a little very little loosely attached Power Scrub Regular Wash Delicate Wash Rinse & Hold Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-wash Pre-wash Wash 140˚F Wash 161˚F Wash 140˚F Rinse Rinse Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F Rinse-aid 161˚F Rinse-aid 161˚F Drying Drying Drying 85 78 70 10 6.55 6.55 5.36 1.19 24.75 24.75 20.25 4.5 Cycle details Duration in minutes Water consumption in gallons Water consumption in liters Shown above are the range of values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary. The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature. Delicate cycle not used on SHU 3002/3006/3012/3016 H 12 Operation SHI 4302/4306 SHU 4302/4306/4312/4316 Fig. 3-3 Fig. 3-4 The SHI or SHU 43** series operates using an electronic Control Unit. TO OPERATE: Fig. 3-3. First depress the On/Off Button until it locks in place. Fig. 3-4. Once the On/Off Button is depressed the LED above the previously used cycle will illuminate. To change the cycle, simply press the desired Cycle Button twice. The LED above that cycle will then illuminate. As the program advances the Cycle Progress LED’s will illuminate (wash, rinse / dry). When the cycle is complete the Clean LED will be illuminated. TO CANCEL A CYCLE: Press the Power Scrub Plus and Regular Wash Buttons both in at the same time. The unit will then drain and the Clean LED will illuminate. Please note: If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off andmust be depressed again to re-active the cycle. The cycle will resume from where it left off. H 13 Cycle Chart SHI 4302/4306 Type of dishware e.g. china, pots/pans, Non-delicutlery, cate glasses, etc. Mixed Type of food remains Soups, casseroles, sauces, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food Amount of food remains a lot Condition of food remains stuck on hard Wash cycle Cycle sequence Duration in minutes Water consumption in gallons Water consumption in liters Delicate Mixed Soups, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food Coffee, cakes, milk, salami, cold drinks, salads a lot a little a little very little loosely attached Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Rinse & Hold Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-wash 125˚F Wash 150˚F Wash 140˚F Wash 161˚F First Rinse Rinse First Rinse Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F Rinse-aid 161˚F Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F Cycle details SHU 4302/4306/4312/4316 Drying Drying Drying 99 85 80 10 7.1 6 5.4 1.2 26.9 22.7 20.4 4.5 Shown above are the range of values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary. The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature. H 14 Operation SHU 5302/5304/5305/5306/5312/5314/5315/5316 Fig. 3-5 Fig. 3-6 The SHU 53** series operates using an electronic Control Unit. TO OPERATE: Fig. 3-5. First depress the On/Off Button until it locks in place. Fig. 3-6. Once the On/Off Button is depressed the LED above the previously used cycle will illuminate. To change the cycle, simply press the desired Cycle Button twice. The LED above that cycle will then illuminate. The Cycle Countdown will display an approximate run time for the cycle chosen. This run time will depend on incoming water temperature and the turbidity of the pre-wash water. Note: It is normal for the Countdown Display to remain at a time increment for more than one minute, or skip a time increment depending on the calculations of the Control Unit. Also, with continued use the Control Unit will learn the wash and temperature patterns for the most commonly used programs and will then reduce the overall start and running times. At the end of the cycle the display will show a CL, indicating that the cycle is complete. TO CANCEL A CYCLE: Press the Scrub Wash and Delicate / Econo Buttons both in at the same time. The unit will then drain and the figure CL will appear in the display. DELAY START: The Delay Start feature allows the unit to be delayed for up to nine hours. To program, start the unit as described above, but after selecting a cycle push the Delay Start button. The display will show a 1h, or one-hour delay. Continue to depress the Delay Start Button until the desired delay time is reached (up to nine hours, 9h). The unit will begin automatically once the delay time has elapsed. To reset the delay, press the Delay Start Button until it reaches 0h. REFILL RINSE AGENT LED: The Refill Rinse Agent LED is activated via a Reed Switch on the Detergent Dispenser, Section 4, Fig. 8-3. The LED will illuminate when the Rinse Agent Dispenser is empty. Service note: The Refill Rinse Agent LED will also illuminate when the dishwasher door is opened and then closed even if the Dispenser is full, but will only remain lit for a few seconds. “F” CODE: An “F” in the display window indicates a filling fault, see Section 6, Fig. 12-1 through Fig.12-6. Please note: If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off and must be depressed again to re-active the cycle. The cycle will resume from where it left off. H 15 Cycle Chart SHU 5302/5304/5305/5306/5312/5314/5315/5316 Type of dishware e.g. china, pots/pans, Non-delicutlery, cate glasses, etc. Mixed Type of food remains Soups, casseroles, sauces, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food Amount of food remains a lot Condition of food remains stuck on hard Wash cycle Cycle sequence Duration in minutes Water consumption in gallons Water consumption in liters Mixed Soups, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food Coffee, cakes, milk, salami, cold drinks, salads a lot a little a little very little loosely attached Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Delicate/ Economy Rinse & Hold Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-wash 125˚F Wash 140˚F Wash 150˚F Wash 140˚F Rinse Wash 161˚F First Rinse Rinse Rinse-aid 155˚F First Rinse Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F Rinse-aid 161˚F Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F Cycle details Delicate Drying Drying Drying Drying 99 85 80 70 10 7.1/5 6/4.2 5.4/3.8 3.6/2.5 1.2/0.8 26.9/18.9 22.7/15.9 20.4/14.4 13.5/9.5 4.5/3.2 The Bosch Sensotronic™ will reduce water consumption by approximately 20%, in the case of lightly soiled dishes. When Top Rack Only™ feature is used the water consumption is reduced approximately 30%. Shown above are the range of values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary. The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature and amount of soil on dishware. H 16 Operation SHI/SHU 6802/6805/6806 Fig. 3-7 Fig. 3-8 The SHI / SHU 68** series operates using an electronic Control Unit. TO OPERATE: Fig. 3-7. First depress the On/Off Button until it locks in place. Fig. 3-8. Once the On/Off Button is depressed the LED above the previously used cycle will illuminate. To change the cycle, simply press the desired Cycle Button twice. The LED above that cycle will then illuminate. The Cycle Countdown will display an approximate run time for the cycle chosen. This run time will depend on incoming water temperature and the turbidity of the pre-wash water. Note: It is normal for the Countdown Display to remain at a time increment for more than one minute, or skip a time increment depending on the calculations of the Control Unit. Also, with continued use the Control Unit will learn the wash and temperature patterns for the most commonly used programs and will then reduce the overall start and running times. At the end of the cycle the display will show a CL, indicating that the cycle is complete. TO CANCEL A CYCLE: Press the Scrub Wash and Delicate / Econo Buttons both in at the same time. The unit will then drain and the figure CL will appear in the display. DELAY START: The Delay Start feature allows the unit to be delayed for up to nine hours. To program, start the unit as described above, but after selecting a cycle push the Delay Start button. The display will show a 1h, or one-hour delay. Continue to depress the Delay Start Button until the desired delay time is reached (up to nine hours, 9h). The unit will begin automatically once the delay time has elapsed. To reset the delay, press the Delay Start Button until it reaches 0h. TOP RACK ONLY: The Top Rack Only feature can be used in conjunction with any cycle. To active, press the Top Rack Only Button after selecting a cycle, the Top Rack Only LED will illuminate and all water will be diverted to the upper wash arm for the complete cycle. REFILL RINSE AGENT LED: The Refill Rinse Agent LED is activated via a Reed Switch on the Detergent Dispenser, Section 4, Fig. 8-3. The LED will illuminate when the Rinse Agent Dispenser is empty. Service note: The Refill Rinse Agent LED will also illuminate when the dishwasher door is opened and then closed even if the Dispenser is full, but will only remain lit for a few seconds. “F” CODE: An “F” in the display window indicates a filling fault, see Section 6, Fig. 12-1 through Fig.12-6. Please note: If the door is opened during the cycle, the On/Off Button will be reset to off and must be depressed again to re-active the cycle. The cycle will resume from where it left off. H 17 Cycle Chart SHI/SHU 6802/6805/6806 Type of dishware e.g. china, pots/pans, Non-delicutlery, cate glasses, etc. Mixed Type of food remains Soups, casseroles, sauces, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food Amount of food remains a lot Condition of food remains stuck on hard Wash cycle Cycle sequence Duration in minutes Water consumption in gallons Water consumption in liters Mixed Soups, potatoes, pasta, rice, eggs, roast or fried food Coffee, cakes, milk, salami, cold drinks, salads a lot a little a little very little loosely attached Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Delicate/ Economy Quick Wash Rinse & Hold Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Wash 104˚F Pre-rinse Pre-wash 125˚F Wash 140˚F Wash 150˚F Wash 140˚F Rinse Rinse Wash 161˚F First Rinse Rinse Rinse-aid 155˚F Rinse-aid 140˚F First Rinse Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F Rinse-aid 161˚F Drying Drying Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161˚F Cycle details Delicate Drying Drying Drying 99 85 80 70 30 10 7.1/5 6/4.2 5.4/3.8 3.6/2.5 2.7/1.9 1.2/0.8 26.9/18.9 22.7/15.9 20.4/14.4 13.5/9.5 10.5/7.4 4.5/3.2 The Bosch Sensotronic™ will reduce water consumption by approximately 20%, in the case of lightly soiled dishes. When Top Rack Only™ feature is used the water consumption is reduced approximately 30%. Shown above are the range of values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary. The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature and amount of soil on dishware. H 18 Notes H 19 Section 3 Description Page Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 – 21 Interior Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 – 25 Detergent / Rinse-Agent Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Washability / Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 H 20 Rack System Rack configurations for individual dishwasher models will vary. However, all Racks are constructed from a steel wire grid with a gray nylon outer covering. Note: Racks may discolor due to the water supply or types of food remaining on the dishes. We recommend that a vinegar wash be used to assist in removing these stains. Start the unit, and let run approximately ten minutes, then pour in two cups of white vinegar and let the unit complete the cycle, repeat if necessary. Fig. 4-1 Fig. 4-2 Fig. 4-3 On select models the Upper Rack is height adjustable. To adjust rack height, or to remove the Rack from the unit. With the Rack fully extended. Lift up on the Rack until the Front Rollers disengage from the Rail. Fully extend the Rack as shown in Fig. 4-2 Now bring the Rack out further and allow the Rear Wheels to disengage. Note how the Rack Rollers are designed to ride on the outside of the Rails for a smoother operation. Rollers: Rack Rollers are a press fit making for easy removal and replacement. H 21 Rack System Fig. 4-4 Fig. 4-5 Attached to the Upper Rack is the Upper Spray Arm Assembly. The Upper Spray Arm can be removed from the Upper Spray Arm Assembly for cleaning or replacement by turning the Arm Nut counter-clockwise, Fig. 4-4. And then bringing the Arm down and off the Arm Assembly, Fig. 4-5. H 22 Interior Features 1 2 2 7 3 4 6 5 Fig. 5-1 Interior features for all model dishwasher covered in this repair manual are identical. Those features include: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Strike Plate. The Strike Plate is in a fixed position and cannot be adjusted. Upper Rack Rails and Guide Rollers. Door Gasket Lower Spray Arm Filter Basket Filter Screen Feeder Tube Assembly H 23 Interior Features Fig. 5-2 The Upper Rack Rails are made of stainless steel with a plastic end cap. Fig. 5-3 To remove the Rail, disengage the End Cap by applying outward pressure to the Cap’s top tab, unclipping it from the Rail. Then slide the Rail out from the Guide Rollers. Fig. 5-4 The Upper Rack Guide Rollers are permanently attached to the Tank and cannot be removed or repaired. Fig. 5-5 The Door Gasket is press fit into a channel molded around the Tank. Fig. 5-6 To remove the Gasket, simply pull it away from the Tank Channel. Note: Two inches of overlap are left at each end of the Gasket to insure a proper seal. To replace, press the ribbed end firmly into the channel until secure. No sealant or glue is required. Service tip: To test for a bad Door Gasket, open the dishwasher door and insert a dollar bill, then close the door and pull the bill out. If the bill is snug the Gasket is good, if the bill slides out easily the Door Gasket may need to be replaced. H 24 Interior Features Water Level Fig. 5-7 Fig. 5-8 Fig. 5-9 Fig. 5-10 2 1 Fig. 5-11 Fig. 5-12 2 H 25 Interior Features Fig. 5-7 The operating water level of the dishwasher is at approximately the upper edge of the filter basket. Fig. 5-8 The Lower Spray Arm is press fit into the Feeder Tube Socket. To remove the Arm, grasp the Arm Hub and pull up until the Arm disengages from the Socket. The Arm or Arm Socket can now be checked for debris. Fig. 5-9 The Filter Basket is removed by turning it ninety degrees counter-clockwise. Fig. 5-10 Then lift it out for cleaning. The Filter is a fine mesh of stainless steel and should be inspected and cleaned at least once a month. Fig. 5-11 With the Filter Basket removed, the filter screen can then be lifted out. The Filter Screen is also made of stainless steel, and was designed with rolled ends to eliminate sharp edges. It too should be inspected and cleaned at least once a month. Fig. 5-12 With the Filter Screens removed you now have access to the sump area. The Sump has a Drain Intake on the left, and the Circulation Pump Intake on the right. A removable cover, item 1, hides the Drain Impeller. To remove the cover, remove the single T-20 Torx screw and then lift the cover off. You may now examine the Impeller for any obstructions. The Feeder Tube Assembly allows water to flow to the Lower, then Upper Spray Arms and then to the Top Sprayer Head. It is replaced as a complete assembly by first removing the two T-20 Torx screws, item 2, at its base. Then bring the tube up and off the Sump Housing, and remove it from the retaining clip located on the rear wall. H 26 Detergent / Rinse-Agent Dispenser Located on the Inner Door is the Detergent / Rinse Agent Dispenser, Fig. 6-1. The Dispenser Housing is one assembly containing three individual components. Rinse Agent Dispenser. Detergent Cup. Steam Vent. Note: Mechanical operation and removal of the Dispenser is shown in Section 4. Fig. 6-1 To fill or adjust the Rinse Agent Dispenser, open the Rinse Agent Door by pulling up on the Door Latch. 1 The Dosage Meter, item 1, is now visible. The Dosage Meter allows you to adjust the amount of Rinse Agent dispensed into the rinse stage of the cycle. The factory setting is three. 2 1 2 There is also an eyepiece, item 2, that provides a visual indication as to the amount of Rinse Agent remaining in the Dispenser. Fig. 6-2 To the right of the Rinse Agent Dispenser is the Detergent Cup, item 1. 2 Once detergent has been loaded into the cup, slide the Detergent Door, item 2, closed. 1 When the door is fully closed press down on the door end to lock it. Fig. 6-3 2 1 Fig. 6-4 A white Locking Lever, item 1, will then extend. Once closed, the detergent door may be released by pressing in on the Locking Lever. With the Detergent Door closed the Steam Vent is now visible, item 2. During the drying stage of the cycle, steam is drawn through the vent and collects in a Condensation Tube. H 27 Washability / Drying WASHABILITY There are four factors that play a critical role in Washability: Time, Temperature, Water and Detergent. It is important when attempting to determine the cause of a Washability complaint that all four factors be considered and tested. Time: The duration of the program is accurate (see cycle chart). Temperature: The wash and rinse temperatures are within the desired range (see cycle chart). Water: The unit is filling with the correct amount of water (Section 3, Fig.5-7) Detergent: The detergent is fresh, and not being used in excessive amounts. Please note: Other factors such as clean filters, a properly routed drain hose, water hardness and quality, as well as loading of items will also effect Washability. DRYING As part of an energy saving design Bosch Dishwashers do not activate the Heating Element during the Drying cycle. Instead, the dishwasher utilizes a rinse temperature of up to 161° Fahrenheit, and the addition of Rinse Agent to achieve a quality drying result. HOW THIS SYSTEM FUNCTIONS: During the rinse cycle water is heated to 161° Fahrenheit, this heat is transferred to the items in the dishwasher where it is absorb and stored. During the drying portion of the cycle all dishwasher items will then radiate the stored heat, thus evaporating any water that has collected on the items surface, burning it off and converting the liquid into steam. This process of “flash drying” is assisted by the release of Rinse Agent into the rinse water. Rinse Agent is a water softener that inhibits water from collecting or pooling, allowing it to be easily evaporated. The remaining steam is vented from the interior through the Steam Vent (Fig. 6-4, item 2) where it is then collected by, and drained from the Condensation Tube (Section 4, Fig. 7-5, item 2). Service note: When confronted with a drying complaint, make sure the Rinse Agent Dispenser is full, and the rinse water temperature is within the desired range. Please remember that the unit will not dry without Rinse Agent. H 28 Service Reminder From this point in the manual only the technical features and components of the SHU 5312 will be demonstrated. However, due to the overwhelming similarities between the model SHU 5312 and the remaining Bosch Dishwasher line, you will be able to easily diagnose and repair all current Bosch model SHU, SHI and SHV Dishwashers. H 29 Section 4 Description Page Outer Door Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Door Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Dispenser Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Dispenser Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Fascia Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 – 35 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 H 30 Outer Door Removal Fig. 7-1 Fig. 7-2 To remove the Outer Door, open the door and remove the six T-20 Torx screws located three on each side of the Inner Stainless Door, Fig. 7-1. Return the door back to its upright position, and bring the bottom of the Door Panel out toward you, then slide the top of the panel down and out from under the Facia Panel, Fig. 7-2. As the Outer Door is being removed, the left or right Door Guards may shift or fall out of place, Fig. 7-3. Fig. 7-3 To reposition them, slide them back in over the hinge, Fig. 7-4, lining up the door guard square tab with the hinge lever square notch. Please note: Door Guards must be in place before reinstalling the Door Panel. Door Guards are not used on SHI or SHV models. Fig. 7-4 H 31 Door Compoments 7 2 6 1 3 5 4 4 8 9 9 Fig. 7-5 Once the Outer Door has been removed the following components become visible. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Dispenser Assembly Condensation Tube Upper Wiring Harness Door Guards Door Seal Bituminious Insulation Cloth Fiber Insulation Also note the Toe Kick, item 8, and the Toe Kick Mounting Screws, item 9. H 32 Dispenser Operation 2 1 Fig. 8-1 The Dispenser Assembly operates via a PTC Actuator (wax motor), item 1. When voltage is applied to the Actuator it advances a Combination Lever, item 2. Fig. 8-2 …and bring the Actuator out from the Dispenser. Please note: The Combination Lever cannot be replaced individually, but only as part of a new Dispenser Assembly. The Combination Lever allows the Soap Door to open, and later in the cycle dispenses the Rinse Agent. To remove the Actuator, first disconnect the Wiring Connector. Then, using a small screwdriver, release the locking tab…. 1 2 Fig. 8-3 Fig. 8-4 When the Dispenser requires Rinse Agent a Magnetic Float, Fig. 8-3, item 1, will lower and draw the contacts of a Reed Switch, Fig. 8-3, item 2, together. This completes the circuit, and activates the Refill Rinse Agent LED located on the Facia Panel. To remove the Reed Switch, first disconnect the Wiring Connector. Now, using a small screwdriver push in on the Reed Switch Mounting Tab, Fig. 8-3. As you push in on the mounting tab, use a needle-nose pliers to bring the switch down and out from the Dispenser, Fig. 8-4. H 33 Dispenser Removal Fig. 8-5 Fig. 8-6 If required, the Dispenser Assembly can be replaced as a complete unit. TO REMOVE: First remove the: Upper Rack (Section 3, Fig. 4-3). Wiring Connectors for the PTC Actuator, Reed Switch and Condensation Tube. The Condensation Tube is inserted into the right side of the Dispenser with a gasket seal, and press fit along the right side of the Inner Stainless Steel Door. To remove, first remove any securing tape or wire ties for both the Condensation Tube and Upper Wiring Harness. Then, disengage the tube from the door by pulling it toward you, and sliding the tube out from the Dispenser. Now, using a broad tipped regular screwdriver spread the top and bottom metal positioning strips away from the Dispenser, Fig. 8-5. Then apply light pressure to the Dispenser, and break the seal between it and the Inner Stainless Steel Door, Fig. 8-6. TO INSTALL: Clean the inner portion of the stainless steel door where the Dispenser Gasket will seat. Then bend the positioning strips back into place, straightening them if necessary. Now, insert the new Dispenser making sure the positioning strips fit snugly against the Dispenser Body. The Dispenser Gasket will make a watertight seal so caulk or sealant is not required. Replace the Condensation Tube, Wiring Connectors and Upper Rack. H 34 Fascia Assembly IMPORTANT SERVICE NOTE: The Fascia Assembly cannot be removed unless the Outer Door is removed first. See section 4, Fig. 7-1. FASCIA ASSEMBLY REMOVAL: After removing the Outer Door, remove the six T-20 Torx screws securing the Fascia Assembly to the Inner Stainless door, Fig. 9-1. Fig. 9-1 Fig. 9-2 Fig. 9-3 With the screws removed, bring the Fascia Assembly down cradling it so as not to scratch the Fascia Console. Now remove the Wiring Connectors by pressing in on the locking tabs of each connector, then sliding the connector up and off from the Control Module. H 35 Fascia Assembly With the Fascia Assembly removed from the unit, it can be further separated into two assemblies. To separate, release the four locking tabs and bring the Fascia Frame up from the Fascia Console, Fig. 9-4. Fig. 9-4 The Fascia Frame houses three components: 1 3 2 Item 1, On/Off Switch. Item 2,Door Latch Assembly. Item 3,Control Module. Note: The Fascia Console or Program Buttons can be replaced at this time. Fig. 9-5 ON/OFF SWITCH REMOVAL: 1 2 Bend the single tab up, item 1. Then slide the switch up and out from the frame, and remove the Locking Lever, item 2. Note: The Locking Lever, item 2, switches the unit off when the door is opened during operation. Fig. 9-6 DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY REMOVAL: Bend the two tabs up and slide the Latch down. CONTROL MODULE REMOVAL: Press in on the three locking tabs and bring the Control Module out from the Console Frame. Fig. 9-7 Note: Always reset the new Control Module by pressing the appropriate cancellation buttons, see Section 2. H 36 Notes H 37 Section 5 Description Base Components – Front Accessible: Page Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Circulation Motor Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Leveling Legs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Water Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Drain Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 — 41 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 H 38 Base Components – Front Accessible = 3 7 6 2 8 5 9 = 4 1 3 Fig. 10-1 Service note: 2 To gain access to the Front Accessible Lower Components remove the Toe Kick. Also, for better visibility it is strongly recommended that the Outer Door be removed as well. The Front Accessible Lower Components consist of the following items. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Electrical Connection. Circulation Motor Capacitor. Front Leveling Legs. Model and Serial number tag. Rear Leveling Leg adjustment screw. Water Solenoid Valve. Access Panel. Drain Motor. Circulation Motor. The Circulation Motor cannot be replaced from the front, but is accessible for voltage or wiring testing. 10. Door Spring Adjustment Screws. The adjustment can only be made when an accessory door panel is added to the unit. Turning the screw clockwise will balance the additional weight of the added panel. 1 Fig. 10-2 The electrical connection, item 1, is a three wire hook-up that is secured with wire-nuts. The color code is as follows: Black = Hot White = Neutral Green = Ground The Circulation Motor Capacitor, item 2, is a 10uf-Start/Run Capacitor held to the Circulation Motor with a single 13mm nut. The Capacitor can be replaced as a separate component without removing the Circulation Motor. H 39 Base Components – Front Accessible 1 2 Fig. 10-3 Fig. 10-4 The front Leveling Legs can be adjusted by inserting a regular tipped screwdriver into the foot slot and turning the leg in the desired direction. The Rear Leg Adjustment Screw, item 1, allows the single Rear Leveling Leg to be adjusted from the front of the unit. Turning the screw clockwise will extend the leg, and counter-clockwise retracts it. For convenience an additional Serial Number Tag, item 2, is located on the Base. Fig. 10-5 Fig. 10-6 To replace the Water Solenoid Valve, first remove the two T-20 Torx valve mounting screws. Then bring the Water Valve out from the Base, and disconnect the water line by loosening the Water Line Clamp (arrow) and removing the wiring leads. H 40 Base Components – Front Accessible Service note: To provide the required access that will allow the Drain Motor to be replaced, the Lower Access Panel must be removed, and as previously mentioned the Outer Door Panel should also be removed. 1 To remove the Lower Access Panel, Fig. 10-7, item 1, remove the two T-20 Torx screws located in the left and right corners of the panel. Fig. 10-7 As demonstrated in Figs. 10-7 and 10-8, with the Lower Access Panel removed you gain all the space required to replace the Drain Motor, Fig. 10-8, item 1, as well as allowing better visibility to the Circulation Motor Wiring, Fig.10-8, item 2, rear components, wiring and hoses. 1 Fig. 10-8 2 H 41 Base Components – Front Accessible 1 2 1 B 2 3 A Cut Away View Fig. 10-9 To remove the Drain Motor, item 1, first remove the Sump Fill Hose, item 2, by pulling it out from the Sump and side inlet connections (see Fig. 10-10) Fig. 10-10 This cut away view shows: Item 1, Drain Motor. Item 2, Drain Motor Locking Tab. Item 3, the Sump Fill Hose and its two connection points A and B. Fig. 10-11 Fig. 10-12 Fig. 10-13 Next, remove the wiring connectors and then while pulling back on the Locking Tab, turn the Drain Motor clockwise. Continue turning the Drain Motor clockwise until it reaches the two o’clock stop position. Then bring the motor out from the Sump. The Drain Motor is mounted to the Sump using a slot and tab fit. To install the Drain Motor, insert it back into the Sump at the two o’clock position making sure that all three slots and tabs line up, then turn counter-clockwise until secure and the Locking Tab locks. H 42 Service Reminder From this point forward, all service procedures demonstrated in the remainder of this repair manual, will require the dishwasher to be disconnected and removed from the cabinet for servicing. H 43 Section 6 Description Page Left Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Left Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 – 47 Water Inlet / Discharge System – Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 H 44 Left Side Access LEFT SIDE PANEL REMOVAL: Remove the two T-20 Torx screws located on the top and bottom of the Left Trim Strip, Fig. 11-1, and then slide the Trim Strip up and off the unit. Figs. 11-2 and 11-3 The Side Panel is press fit onto the Front and Rear Corner Blocks of the dishwasher. To remove the panel, gently lift up on the front corner disengaging it from the Front Corner Block, arrow A. Then bring the panels back corner off the rear block while moving the panel toward the rear of the dishwasher, arrow B. Bring the panel out from the side of the unit about forty-five degrees, and then lift it out from the Base Lip. Fig. 11-1 B Fig. 11-2 Fig. 11-3 A H 45 Left Side Components 1 1 2 4 3 6 5 7 8 Fig. 11-4 With the Left Side Panel removed you now have access to the following components: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Corner Blocks. Cloth Fiber Insulation Panel. Drain Hoses. Water Chamber. Inlet Water Line. Water Level Housing Assembly. Sump Fill Hose. Left Hinge. H 46 Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation 6 4 7 5 1 2 3 8 9 Fig. 12-1 Normal Fill Over Fill Base Float Fig. 12-2 Fig. 12-3 Fig. 12-4 H 47 Water Inlet / Discharge System – Operation WATER SYSTEM OPERATION: Fig. 12-1 is a close up view of the complete Water Systems. FILLING NORMAL OPERATION (Fig. 12-2) Fresh water is brought in by the Water Valve and through the Inlet Water Line, item 3. The incoming water is then directed into the Water Level Housing Assembly, item 4, and then on to the Sump via the Sump Fill Hose, item 8. As the unit fills with water the Diaphragm on the Water Level Housing Assembly expands due to the pressure of air forced up by the incoming water. When the correct water level is reached the Diaphragm moves the Switch Lever, which in turn closes the Water Level Switch. When the Water Level Switch closes the Water Valve shuts and the Circulation Motor is activated, and the program advances. Note: Once the Circulation Motor is activated the water level will drop slightly, the unit then calls for a small amount of additional water to be added. OVER FILL (Fig. 12-3) As a safety feature, if the Diaphragm were to malfunction the water level would rise and activate the Safety Float, item 5. As the Safety Float rises it in turn closes the Float Switch, item 6. When the Float Switch closes it activates the Drain Motor. Service tip: If the dishwasher repeatedly fills and drains the cause is most likely a faulty Diaphragm. BASE FLOAT (Fig. 12-4) As an additional safety feature, if the Base were to fill with water due to a hose or pump leak the Base Float, item 9, will rise and via a Float Lever and Pushrod, item 8, would close the Float Switch, which in turn activates the Drain Motor. Service tip: If there is water in the base the Drain Motor will run continually, but will not drain water from the base. “F” CODE Dishwashers with a Countdown Display will show an “F” in the display window when a filling fault occurs. Filling faults can be: Water in the base; overfill; and under or no fill. Live Dealer Display Models with “F” codes: Since display models are hand filled, achieving the correct water level is difficult, (see Section 3, Fig. 5-7) so the unit will perceive a filling fault and display the “F” code. This is normal, do not attempt a repair. DRAINING When the Drain Motor is activated gray water flows from the Sump through the Sump Drain Hose, item 2, around the Water Chamber and out through the Main Drain Line, item 1. 48 H Water Inlet / Discharge System – Removal 1 Fig. 12-7 The Water Level Switch and Diaphragm are replaced as one assembly. To replace, bend the small retaining tab out away from the assembly. Fig. 12-8 Then remove the wiring connector and slide the assembly up and out from the Water Level Housing. Fig. 12-9 To replace either Drain Hose, first remove the Drain Hose retaining clip. Fig. 12-10 Then bring the hose down and out from the Water Chamber. When re-installing make sure the hose is snug, and the retaining clip is back in place. The Float Switch, item 1, is a press fit and easily removed as an individual component. H 49 Section 7 Description Page Right Side Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Right Side Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 NTC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 NTC Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 – 57 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 H 50 Right Side Access Fig. 13-1 Fig. 13-2 RIGHT SIDE PANEL REMOVAL: Remove the two T-20 Torx screws located on the top and bottom of the Left Trim Strip, Fig. 13-1, and then slide the Trim Strip up and off the unit. To remove the panel, refer to Section 6, Figs. 11-2 and 11-3. H 51 Right Side Components 5 1 3 4 2 Fig. 13-3 With the Right Side Panel removed, you now have access to the following components. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Circulation Pump / Motor. Base Wiring Connectors. Flow Switch. Heater Assembly. NTC. COMPONENT EXPLANATION: Circulation Pump / Motor. The Circulation Pump / Motor can be replaced from the right side by following the same access procedures for removal of the NTC outlined in the remainder of this section, and then by following the steps in Section 8, Figs. 16-2 through 16-7, for the Circulation Pump / Motor removal. Service Note: Section 8, also gives and alternative removal method for the Circulation Pump / Motor. Base Wiring Connectors. The Base Wiring Connectors allow the Upper Wiring Harness to mate with the Base Wiring Harness. Flow Switch. Located between the two heater terminals is the Flow Switch. In the event that water does not flow across the Heating Element, the Flow Switch disables the element. To remove the Flow Switch, bring the bottom of the switch out from its base, unhook the side tabs, and then lift the switch out. Heater Assembly. The Heater Assembly cannot be replaced from the side, but is accessible for continuity testing. Replacement of the Heater Assembly is outlined in Section 8, Figs. 16-8 through 16-12. H 52 NTC Operation Fig. 14-1 Located on top of the Heater Assembly is the NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient), Fig. 14-1. The NTC uses resistance to control wash and rinse water temperature and is connected with two green leads. As water temperature increases, the NTC records the decrease in resistance. The Control Unit Logic Board measures this resistance change and allows the program to advance once the correct temperature (resistance level) is reached. Service note: The SHU 30** and SHU 40** models do not use an NTC, but utilize a standard, normally open thermostat (bi-metal). Also combined within the NTC (or standard thermostat) is a High Limit Safety Thermostat, connected with red leads. The normally closed high limit is set to 185° Fahrenheit and is self-resetting. Service tip: The NTC can be checked without removing the dishwasher by measuring its resistance at the Control Unit. Using the appropriate wiring diagram, locate the two NTC leads. The resistance at room temperature should be approximately 55k Ohms. An extremely high, low or no Ohm reading will usually indicate a faulty NTC. H 53 NTC Removal To replace the NTC, first remove the Right Side Panel, Outer Door and Toe Kick, Fig. 14-2. Then, remove the two Front Base Mounting Screws, Fig. 14-3. And the single Rear Base Mounting Screw, Fig. 14-4. Fig. 14-2 Fig. 14-3 Fig. 14-4 H 54 NTC Removal Next, remove the Hinge Cover… Fig. 14-5 and, unhook the Pulley Arm from the Hinge by lifting it up… Fig. 14-6 and then off the Hinge. Fig. 14-7 H 55 NTC Removal Now, from inside the dishwasher remove the Lower Spray Arm, Filter Basket and Screen, then remove the two screws that attach the Feeder Tube to the Sump, item 1. And the two Sump Clamps, item 2. 1 2 Fig. 14-8 With all steps complete, bring the Tank up from the Base and insert a block in the rear of the unit between the Tank and the Base. Fig. 14-9 With the block in place you now have the required access to replace the NTC. Service note: The Circulation Pump / Motor can also be replaced at this time, see Section 8. Fig. 14-10 H 56 NTC Removal Fig. 14-11 Fig. 14-12 As demonstrated in Figs. 14-11 and 14-12, raising the Tank provides the necessary access space required to remove either the NTC or the Circulation Pump / Motor. Service note: When re-seating the Tank make sure to check that it is inserted squarely back into the pump and seated properly. H 57 NTC Removal 2 1 The NTC is held in place by two locking tabs, items 1 and 2. To remove the NTC from the Heater Assembly, unhook the front tab, item 1, and lift the NTC up slightly on that side, holding the tab open as you lift. Fig. 14-13 Cut Away View Then unhook the rear tab, item 2, holding it open, while you slide the NTC up and out from the Heater Assembly. 1 2 Fig. 14-14 Once the NTC has been removed make sure to retrieve the NTC O-ring from the Heater Assembly if it is not on the NTC when it’s removed. Service tip: When installing the NTC, apply water to the O-ring so it will seat easier. To avoid leaks, always make sure the NTC is secure and inserted completely into the Heater Assembly. Fig. 14-15 H 58 Notes H 59 Section 8 Description Page Tank Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 – 62 Base Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Circulation Pump / Motor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Circulation Pump / Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Heater Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Heater Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Aqua Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Door Spring Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 H 60 Tank Removal Fig. 15-1 Fig. 15-2 In order to gain full access to the Circulation Pump / Motor, Heater Assembly and Aqua Sensor the Tank must be removed. 1 To remove the Tank, start by removing the Outer Door, Left and Right Side Panels, and Toe Kick, leaving the unit as shown in Fig. 15-1. Next, disconnect the Upper Wiring Harness from the Control Unit and On/Off Switch, and then bring the harness off its mounting point on the Condensation Tube, Fig. 15-2. Now from inside the dishwasher remove the Lower Spray Arm, Filter Basket and Screen, then remove the two screws that attach the Feeder Tube to the Sump, item 1. And the two Sump Clamps, item 2. 2 Fig. 15-3 H 61 Tank Removal Then on both the left and right sides, remove the Hinge Covers… Fig. 15-4 and unhook the Pulley Arms from both Hinges by lifting them up… Fig. 15-5 and then off the Hinges. Fig. 15-6 H 62 Tank Removal 1 2 Fig. 15-7 Fig. 15-8 Fig. 15-7 Now on both the left and right sides remove the T-20 Torx Tank Mounting Screws, item 1, and the Door Hinge Pivot tab, item 2. Fig. 15-8 To remove the Door Hinge Pivot Tab, insert your T-20 Torx bit into the Tab and bring the screwdriver down releasing the tab. Service note: The tab is a press fit, and will simply snap into position when replaced. Fig. 15-9 With both Tank Mounting Screws and Door Hinge Pivot Tabs removed bring the Inner Door up and off the unit. The Lower Door Seal, item 1, will pull away as you remove the door. 1 Set the door aside. Service note: The Door Seal is a press fit along the bottom lip of the tank. To avoid leaking, make sure the Door Seal is correctly inserted back along the tank lip when replaced. Fig. 15-9 H 63 Base Components 3 4 2 1 Fig. 16-1 The Tank can now be removed from the Base. Service note: Once removed, lay the Tank on its back so as not to damage the tank bottom. When reseating the Tank make sure to check that it’s inserted squarely back into the Sump and seated properly. With the Tank removed you now have access to the following components: 1. 2. 3. 4. Circulation Motor Circulation Pump Heater Assembly Aqua Sensor Service reminder: As previously mentioned in Section 7, the Circulation Pump / Motor can also be replaced from the right side without removing the Tank. However, the additional visibility and access the Tank removal method allows can be a greater benefit for this repair. H 64 Circulation Pump / Motor Removal 2 1 Fig. 16-2 Fig. 16-3 1 3 4 Fig. 16-4 Fig. 16-5 2 H 65 Circulation Pump / Motor Assembly Fig. 16-6 Fig. 16-7 CIRCULATION PUMP / MOTOR REMOVAL: Disconnect the four wire leads, then grasp the Circulation Motor and turn clockwise a quarter turn until the Motor stops, Fig. 16-2. Now, remove the Motor / Rear Pump Assembly from the Front Pump Housing, Fig. 16-3. Note: The Front Pump Housing remains in place when the Motor is removed, Fig.16-3, item 1. With the Motor / Rear Pump Assembly removed from the unit, separate the Motor from the Rear Pump Assembly. To do so, first remove the Impeller by placing a block in the rear of the Motor and then turning the Impeller counter-clockwise, then Fig 16-4. The Rear Pump Assembly consists of four components, Fig. 16-5: 1. 2. Rear Pump Housing. Main Pump Seal. 3. Impeller. 4. Impeller Seal. Each component can be replaced as an individual item. TO INSTALL: First, locate the Key Square on the Front Pump Housing, Fig. 16-6. Next, locate the Key Square Cut Out on the Rear Pump Housing, Fig. 16-3, item 2. When replacing the Pump / Motor make sure to line up the Key Square with the Key Square Cut Out. Then bring the two pump halves together in the position shown in Fig. 16-2, and turn the Motor clockwise until it stops, see Fig. 16-7. Service note: The Impeller Seal Spring is compressed when the two halves of the Pump Assembly are brought together. This will take a little force, so make sure to have a good grip on the Sump as you compress the spring. Now, reattach the wiring leads, test and check for leaks. H 66 Heater Assembly Removal 3 1 4 2 Fig. 16-8 Fig. 16-9 Aqua Sensor NTC Flow Through Heater Upper Spray Arm Flow Switch Lower Spray Arm Circulation Motor / Pump Impeller Cover Drain Motor Fig. 16-10 H 67 Heater Assembly 2 3 1 4 5 6 7 Fig. 16-11 Fig. 16-12 The Heater Assembly, Fig. 16-8 is a flow through design, taking water in from the Circulation Pump and then sending it out the two discharge outlets to the Upper and Lower Spray Arms, Fig. 16-10. HEATER ASSEMBLY REMOVAL: See Fig. 16-9, first remove all wiring leads and the two securing screws, item 1. Now, release the Heater Assembly Locking Tab, item 2, and while holding the tab open bring the Heater Assembly up on the left side, disengaging the heaters two discharge outlets from the Sump, item 3, and then out from the Circulation Pump Connection, item 4. Heater Assembly Components, Fig. 16-11. 1. 2. 3. 4. Intake from Circulation Pump. Discharge to Lower Spray Arm. Discharge to Upper Spray Arm. Aqua Sensor (if equipped). 5. Locking Tab 6. NTC Socket 7. Flow Switch TO INSTALL: Slide the Heater Assembly into the Circulation Pump Connection first, then bring the Heater down and seat the two outlet gaskets back into the Sump. Make sure all three gaskets are secure and the locking tab is in place. Then replace the two screws and wiring connections. Top Rack Actuator, Fig. 16-12. Top Rack Actuator is used to activate the Top Rack Only wash on models equipped with this feature. When activated, the Top Rack Actuator diverts all water flow to the Upper Spray Arm. To remove the Actuator, remove the wire connector, and then pry the Actuator out from its housing. When installing, make sure the Actuator’s arm is properly inserted back into the Control Gate. H 68 Aqua Sensor Fig. 16-13 Fig. 16-14 The Aqua Sensor turbidity measuring device, Fig. 16-13, which is available only on select models, evaluates the pre-wash water using a beam of light and a pick-up sensor. If the beam passes easily through the pre-wash water then no additional wash water is added. If the beam cannot pass through, then the pre-wash water is drained and a fresh fill is added for the main wash cycle. To replace the sensor, Fig. 16-14, slide it out from its housing located on the Heater Assembly. Service note: Since the Aqua Sensor has no effect on washability, it should never be replaced. Only if a leak were to occur should service be performed on this component. H 69 Door Spring Removal The Door Springs are located on the bottom of the Base, Fig. 16-15, and operate via a Spring Cable and Reel that counter balances the weight of the Outer Door, Fig. 16-16. If a Door Panel Kit is applied to the dishwasher, the factory springs must be replaced with the heavy duty version that is provided with the panel kit. Fig. 16-15 TO REPLACE THE SPRINGS: Lay the dishwasher on its back, being careful not to damage the Drain Hose. Then using a small screwdriver, remove the Door Springs by prying the Spring Plate out from the Base, Fig. 16-17. Then remove the Spring Cable by unhooking it from the Spring, Fig. 16-18. Fig. 16-16 Fig. 16-17 Fig. 16-18 H 70 Notes H 71 Section 9 Description Page Wiring Diagrams / Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (see Tech Manual) Test Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(see Test Programs) BSH Home Appliances 5551 McFadden Avenue Huntington Beach, CA 92649 Thermador Dishwasher Series Models DWI246, DW246, DW245, DW244. Flexibility, Cleanability plus Quiet Operation 1 FEATURES • Soil Sensor – Except Model DW244 • Upper Plate Rack • Lower Pots & Pans Rack • Heated Water Chamber • Quiet Operation • Stainless Steel Tank • Triple Filtration System • Cycle Status Indicator Bar • Rinse Agent Indicator Light • Cycle Delay Function • Condensation Air Drying System 2 To Interrupt or Reset a Cycle To interrupt a cycle: To reset a cycle: Simply depress the ON/OFF button to stop the operation With the cycle operating, press HEAVY WASH and LIGHT WASH at the same time for 3 seconds. The cycle status bar will progress to the end. 3 To change cycle selection Simply depress the button of the cycle desired two times. The light above the cycle will then become illuminated to show that it has been selected. 4 Fill valve replacement • Fill valve is accessed by removing toekick panel. • Remove two screws holding fill valve in place, electrical connections, and remove fill hose. • Reverse order to replace. 5 Fill valve replacement • Operates on 120VAC • Normal reading is approximately 1000 ohms. • Read directly at valve. • If reading is abnormal, replace valve. 6 Fill valve reads 1000 ohms between I2.44 and I2.1-3 with door switch closed. It operates on 120VAC. Note: voltage present whenever on-off switch closed. Reed switch Temp. sensor e3 .6-1 .6-2 Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-4 .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch f1 .4-1 s2 Water valve 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 7 Removal of outer door panel • Remove 6 T-20 screws in door panel • Close door 8 Removal of outer door panel • Tilt lower portion outward and slide down • Stiffener blocks will fall out. Replace on hinge assembly prior to reassembly. 9 Drain pump replacement • Drain tank sump with sponge or towel (to prevent spillage into lower sump). • Remove toe panel and cover plate. • Remove fill valve and sump hose. • Hold tabs on motor and rotate CW. 10 Drain pump replacement • Permanent magnet motor. • Operates on 120VAC. • Normal resistance reading is 16 ohms. • Can be read directly at motor. 11 Drain motor reads 16 ohms between I2.41 & I2.1-1 with door switch closed. Drain motor operates on 120VAC. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 12 Soap cup/Rinse aid dispenser • Remove wire connectors from dispenser. • Remove by bending retainer tabs and pushing inward toward tank. Protect hand with towel as edges are razor sharp. 13 Soap cup/Rinse aid dispenser • The entire dispenser will push into dishwasher tub. • Replace from inside taking care to position O-ring seal and bend tabs to secure. 14 Troubleshooting dispenser • Actuator operates on 120VAC. • Normal resistance is 1600 ohms. • First actuation opens soap cup and repositions arm. • Second actuation dispenses rinse aid. 15 Dispenser actuator (wax motor) reads 1600 ohms between I2.2-1 & I2.2-2 and operates on 120VAC. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 16 Troubleshooting dispenser • Reed switch activates rinse aid fill light only when empty. • Normally open, will only read continuity when rinse aid dispenser is empty. 17 Reed switch reads open between I2.6-1 & I2.6-2 when rinse agent dispenser is full, closes when empty. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 18 HANDS ON 19 Access to control board/dispenser • To access/remove control board and on/off switch, lower door to horizontal position, remove six T-20 screws and control panel will tilt down. 20 Access to control board • Remove 6 T-20 screws. • 2 are on side of door liner, 4 facing upwards • Lift door, tilt control panel up and outward to remove. 21 Control board • Slide control board up past tabs to remove. • Plugs are keyed and will not fit in wrong position. • Component checks are done from control board plugs. 22 Troubleshooting the control module. • Plugs to components are arranged on the module as shown above. • Voltage and resistance readings can be taken from the plugs. 23 Six multi-pin connectors MODULE -- I2 ✔ I2.1…..3 pin wire connector ✔ I2.2…..2 pin wire connector ✔ I2.4…..6 pin wire connector (two pins not used) ✔ I2.5…..7 pin wire connector (two pins not used) ✔ I2.6…..2 pin wire connector ✔ I2.7…..2 pin wire connector e3 .6-1 .6-2 NTC .5-7 .5-6 X1 I4 X2 e0 a1 5.3 5.2 5.1 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 .2-1 .2-2 A2 .4-3 4 1 .4-4 .4-1 .7-2 .4-2 f5 s2 f1 r1 2 4 1 m2 e6 m3 e5 24 N L1 Troubleshooting from the control board • Component checks are done from control board plugs. • Plugs are numbered from the left starting with I2.1, I2.2, I2.4, I2.7, I2.6, and I2.5. 25 Troubleshooting the control board • I2.1 has 3 wires and carries input from door switch (120VAC) • I2.2 has 2 wires and sends voltage to soap cup actuator (120VAC) 26 Troubleshooting from the control board • I2.4 has 4 wires and controls the following: • I2.4-1 120VAC to drain motor. • I2.4-2 120VAC to circulation motor. • I2.4-3 120VAC to water level switch. • I2.4-4 provide neutral to activate fill valve. 27 Troubleshooting from the control board • I2.6 has 2 wires and monitors reed switch to activate rinse agent light. 28 Troubleshooting from the control board • I2.5 has 2 plugs. The 2 wire plug (I2.5-6 &I2.5-7) receives input from NTC sensor. • The 3 wire plug is for the soil sensor. (Not used on DW244 models). 29 On/Off/Door switch • Switches both neutral and hot side of line voltage. • Door switch is part of on/off switch and is activated by actuator rod from door latch. • Remove by bending tab and sliding up. 30 On-Off switch switches neutral, 120VAC input, and 120VAC output from board. When closed, read 120VAC between I2.1-1 & I2.1-2, and I2.11 & I2.1-3. Door switch opens neutral (1-2) and the On-Off switch contacts (3-4 & 5-6).. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 31 Door gasket/seal • Door gasket /seal is inserted into channel around top and sides of tank opening. • It is a press fit, no additional sealant is used. 32 Side panel removal • Remove T-20 screws holding side panel through holes in filler trims. • Slide filler strips up and remove. 33 Side panel removal • Pull panel outward from top edge. • Lift and remove . • Replace by inserting bottom edge, and pushing top edge in and down. • Start T-20 screws and slide filler strips in place, tighten screws. 34 Water level and float switch • Fill valve opens, water fills chamber and tank, activating water level switch. • When switch trips first time, circulation motor starts, fill continues. • When water level switch trips second time fill stops. 35 Water level switch reads open between I2.4-3 & I2.1-3 when idle. It conveys 120VAC to control board when activated. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-4 .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch f1 .4-1 s2 Water valve 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 36 Fill and float switch • Float switch is located to the right or forward of the fill/flow switch. • The float switch will activate the drain pump for two reasons: – Overfill condition – Leakage into the sump 37 Overfill or leakage into sump causes float switch to transfer 120VAC to drain motor and disconnects 120VAC to fill valve. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 Drain switch motor 1Float m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 38 No Water Fill….diagnosed at control console Check for 120V between .1-1 & .1-2; .1-1 & .1-3; .1-1 & 6 on On/Off Sw; .1-1 & hot Water Valve Terminal Check for 120V between .1-2 & neutral Water Valve Terminal; .1-2 & .4-4Temp. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Soil Sensor sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 Drain switch motor 1Float m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 39 HANDS ON 40 Door removal • Unplug all electrical connections from dispenser. • Remove condenser channel. • Remove control panel and lay on floor. 41 Door removal • Remove retainer clips with small screwdriver. • Detach lip seal from between tank and door bottom. • Remove spring cable. • Lift door up and off hinge pivot. 42 Door springs • Door springs are mounted in a channel in the molded base. • Replacement requires the removal of the machine from installed position. 43 Door spring replacement • Remove cable from hinge on door. • Pry spring retainer from base channel. • Unhook cable from spring. • Replace in opposite order. 44 Cable replacement • Remove cable from door hinge. • Remove screw holding hinge bracket to tank. • Remove 2 screws holding hinge bracket to base. 45 Cable replacement • Lift hinge mount out of base, rotate cable roller to release from hinge mount. • Insert new cable/roller assembly, reinsert into base, and replace screws. • Reattach cable to door hinge. 46 Drain pump cleanout • Remove coarse filter, fine filter, and wash arm. • Slide retainer clip aside, lift and remove. • Remove any foreign material from sump. • Reassemble in reverse order. 47 Drain check valve • Remove coarse filter, fine filter, drain pump cleanout cover. • Check valve is black rubber flap valve to rear of drain sump. • Remove by lifting out of slot. 48 Tank Removal • Remove racks from interior. • Remove large strainer by unscrewing and lifting. • Remove fine strainer by lifting out 49 Tank Removal • Remove 4 T-20 screws inside tank sump. 50 Tank Removal • Unsnap upper arm supply tube from back wall of tank. 51 Tank Removal • Remove T-20 screws from hinge mounting bracket. (1 on each side) 52 Tank Removal • Remove 2 T-20 screws from rear of tank. 53 Tank Removal • Tilt tank up and remove. 54 HANDS ON 55 Base components • • • • • • Soil sensor NTC and High temp. Circulation pump Heater Pressure switch Capacitor 56 Soil sensor • Consists of LED (light emitting diode) and LDR (light dependent resistor). • Samples water clarity at first fill to set basis. • Samples again after first rinse & final rinse to determine if add’l rinses necessary. 57 The soil sensor consists of an LED(light emitting diode) and a LDR (light dependent resistor). These work together to test clarity of water to determine need for add’l rinses. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-8 .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 58 Thermostat Sub-assembly • Contains NTC sensor to cycle heating element for high temp washing/rinse. • Normal resistance is approx. 50K ohms @ room temperature. • Resistance decreases as temp. increases. 59 The temp. sensor reads 50,000 ohms at room temperature. It is a NTC (negative temp. coefficient) and the resistance decreases as temp increases. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 60 Diagnosing the Temperature Sensor (Step 1) 1) Measure resistance between .5-7 & .5-6 2) Should read approximately 50,000 OHMs at 75 degrees ambient. If open, replace sensor. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 61 Diagnosing the Temperature Sensor (Step2) 1) If approximate value is read, add about 1 1/2 gallons of hot water from sink tap 2) If sensor is good, resistance values should drop Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 62 Thermostat Sub-assembly • Contained in the same housing, the temperature sensor also contains HTCO (bimetal) to disconnect heater at 185 degrees. • The HTCO is wired in series with heating element. 63 Water Heater Circuit • 1200 watt heater • Heater is concealed in pump housing. • Heater is disabled when circulation pump is not running by action of flow switch. 64 Water Heater Circuit • 1200 watt heater • Normal resistance is 12 ohms. • Must be read directly due to action of flow switch. 65 Water Heater Circuit HTC opens at 185 Degrees 1200W heater, Heater measures 12 ohms (read at heater only) Float switch activated by action of circulation pump Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 66 DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT 1) (Step 1) Put dishwasher into the heat cycle (Pots & Pans cycle…shortly after the first fill) Check for 120VAC at .7-2 on control module If no output voltage, change the control module Service 2) 3) Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 connector X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 67 DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT 1) 2) 3) (Step 2) Remove the dishwasher from the installed position Remove the right side panel Remove yellow molex plug at terminal block Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 68 DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT 1) 2) (Step 3) Check for continuity through the 185 degree T-stat Read between the lower portion of the molex plug and the left terminal on the heater. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 69 DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT 1) (Step 4) Check for approximately 12 OHMS across the heater Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 70 DIAGNOSING HEATER CIRCUIT 1) (Step 5) Check the flow switch….With no water or circulation motor operation, the circuit should be open; Remove the flow switch and depress the actuator. Continuity should be read. Service 2) Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 connector X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 71 Circulation pump/motor and cap. • To remove pump/motor assembly, lift, depress tabs and rotate clockwise. • Pump and motor are separate parts. • To remove pump from motor, lock motor with finger, and unscrew pump. 72 Circulation pump/motor and cap. • Motor is 120VAC capacitor start. • Normal resistance is 13.5 ohms between 1 and 2 on motor, or I2.1-1 and I2.4-2 on control board. 73 Circulation motor reads 13.5 ohms between I2.4-2 & I2.1-1. Circulation motor operates on 120VAC. Reed switch e3 .6-1 .6-2 Temp. sensor Soil Sensor NTC .5-7 .5-6 Service connector Jumper I4 .5-3 .5-2 .5-1 X1 X2 I2.9 I2.8 On/off door switch 1 .1-1 .1-2 Module - I2…… K1 + K2 + K3 .1-3 Display Control Timer e0 a1 2 3 4 5 6 .7-1 dispenser .2-1 .2-2 A2 Dispenser actuator .4-3 4 Water level 1 switch .4-4 .4-1 Water s2 valve f1 2 4 1Float Drain switch motor m3 .7-2 .4-2 HTCO f5 heater Flow switch r1 e5 m2 Circ. motor 74 HANDS ON 75 THATS ALL FOLKS 76 Cycle Sequence detail Pre-rinse *Drain pump runs for 15 seconds and stops. *Fill valve opens and fills sump. Pre-wash 125F *Soil sensor samples water for clarity. Wash 161F *Water level switch closes first time. *Circulation pump starts, fill continues. Rinse Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F Drying *Water level switch closes second time. *Fill valve closes. *Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes and stops. *Soil sensor samples water (if too dirty go to pre-wash cycle, if OK go to wash cycle). *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds and stops. 77 Cycle Sequence detail Pre-rinse *Fill valve opens and fills sump. *Water level switch closes first time. Pre-wash 125F *Circulation pump starts, fill continues. Wash 161F *Heater circuit is activated. *Water level switch closes second time. Rinse Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F *Fill valve closes. *Heater raises water to 125F and washes for 9 minutes. *Circulation pump stops. *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds. Drying 78 Cycle Sequence detail Pre-rinse *Fill valve opens and fills sump. *Water level switch closes first time. Pre-wash 125F *Circulation pump starts. Wash 161F *Heater circuit activated, fill continues. *Water level switch closes second time. Rinse Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F *Fill valve closes. *Actuator opens soap cup, repositions arm. *Heater raise water temp. to 161F and wash continues for 9 minutes. *Circulation pump stops. Drying *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds. 79 Cycle Sequence detail Pre-rinse *Fill valve opens and fills sump. *Water level switch closes first time. Pre-wash 125F *Circulation pump starts, fill continues. Wash 161F *Water level switch closes second time. *Fill valve closes. Rinse Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F *Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes. *Soil sensor samples water (if too dirty go to second rinse, if OK go to rinse aid cycle) *Circulation pump stops. *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds. Drying 80 Cycle Sequence detail Pre-rinse *Fill valve opens and fills sump. *Water level switch closes first time. Pre-wash 125F Wash 161F Rinse *Circulation pump starts, fill continues. *Water level switch closes second time. *Fill valve closes. *Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes. Second Rinse *Circulation pump stops. *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds. Rinse aid 161F Drying 81 Cycle Sequence detail Pre-rinse *Fill valve opens and fills sump. *Water level switch closes first time. Pre-wash 125F *Circulation pump starts, fill continues. Wash 161F *Water level switch closes second time. *Fill valve closes. Rinse Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F *Actuator dispenses rinse aid. *Heater raise water temp. to 161F. *Circulation pump runs for 9 minutes and stops. *Drain pump runs for 30 seconds and stops. . Drying 82 Cycle Sequence detail Pre-rinse Pre-wash 125F Wash 161F Unit is idle for 11 minutes for condensation drying to take place. Dishes retain heat from high temperature rinse better than tank of dishwasher, so moisture will migrate to dishwasher tank, condensing and gathering in the sump. Rinse Second Rinse Rinse aid 161F Drying 83 DISHWASHER LAVE-VAISSELLE LAVADORA DE PLATOS SHV4800,4300 SHI 6800,4300 SHU 6800,5300, 9900,4300,3300, 3030 Cycle Countdown Power Scrub Plus On/Off Scrub Wash Regular Wash Delicate/ Econo Quick Wash Rinse & Hold Refill Rinse Agent On /Off Power Scrub Power Delay Start Hours Top Rack Only Rinse & Hold Cancel Drain Regular Wash Use and Care Manual Guide d’utilisation et d’entretien HOUSEHOLD USE ONLY UTILISATION DOMESTIQUE SEULEMENT Power High Temp Wash Regular Temp Wash Rinse & Hold Temp.Options Cycles Manual de uso y cuidado USO DOMESTICO ÚNICAMENTE 56 02 03 20 86 (8007) CONGRATULATIONS! Congratulations, and Thank You from BOSCH for selecting your dishwasher. You have joined the many consumers who demand quiet and exceptional performance from their dishwashers. This manual was written with your safety and convenience in mind and the information contained herein is very important. We, at BOSCH, highly recommend that you read this manual prior to using your dishwasher for the first time. As an added convenience, a glossary of BOSCH DISHWASHER FEATURES DESCRIPTIONS has been added to this manual so you can truly understand and appreciate the philosophy put into this exceptional product. For even more information, visit our website at www.boschappliances.com to learn about your dishwasher as well as many other top quality Bosch appliances. Enjoy! www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 1 UNIQUE FEATURES UNIQUE FEATURES OF YOUR BOSCH DISHWASHER STAINLESS STEEL INTERIOR • Improves Drying Performance • Resists Staining/Odors • Lifetime Warranty (see details on last page of manual) TRIPLE FILTER SYSTEM • 100% of the Wash Water is Filtered Before it Touches Your Dishes • “Large Object Trap” Prevents Undesirable Objects from Damaging the Pump System IN LINE FLOW THROUGH WATER HEATER (BOSCH FlowThroughHeater™) • Temperatures in excess of 160°F kill harmful germs while dissolving hard to remove fats and soils • Eliminates an exposed heater element that can damage items that fall from the rack • Creates More Interior Space (BOSCH Tall Tub™) • Flexibility to Load Dishwasher Safe Items in Upper or Lower Rack LOW NOISE SYSTEM (BOSCH AVS II ™) • Vibration Isolated Pump System Reduces Annoying Noises (BOSCH Suspension Motor™) • Triple Insulation Creates the BOSCH AVS II Silence Rating • Side Panels Encapsulate Noise • Separate Pump Systems, one for washing and one for draining, improve efficiency and reduce noise • Toe Kick Sound Shield on the SHU 6800 series results in unbelievable sound performance (Bosch Sound Seal™) RACKS • Tall Tub Allows Use of 10” Plates in the Upper Rack and 12” in the Lower Rack • Extra Tall Item Sprinkler Allows Removal of the Upper Rack and Washing of Items up to 22” Tall • 12 Place Loading Capacity SAFETY • Side Panels Enclose All Electrical Connections and Conserve Energy • Water Shutoff Device, Stops the Flow of Incoming Water when it is Detected Under the Dishwasher • Child Proof Cycle Selection - Cycle Selection Buttons Must be Pressed Twice to Change the Settings PRESSURE CONTROLLED FILLING SYSTEM • Water Consumption is Reduced When Washing Small Loads • Water Fill Levels Are Consistent Over Various Water Pressures • Improved Accuracy Over Time Filled Systems DUAL PUMP SYSTEM • Single Direction Main Pump is More Reliable • Improved Main Motor Efficiency DETERGENT and RINSE AID DISPENSER • Sliding Detergent Cup Lid Prevents Blockage • Adjustable Rinse Aid Dispenser for Improved Performance in Various Water Conditions 2 - ENGLISH www.boschappliances.com TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Important Safety Instructions 4 Dishwasher Components 5 Materials Chart 6 Loading the Dishwasher 7-9 Adding Detergent 10 Adding Rinse Agent 11 Identifying Dishwasher Controls 12 Selecting a Wash Cycle 13-15 Interrupting, Changing or Cancelling A Cycle 16 Unloading the Dishwasher 17 Special Features 18-19 Care and Cleaning 20-21 Self Help 22 Models Features 23 Features Descriptions 24 Customer Service 25 Warranty 26 www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 3 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WARNING WARNING — When using your dishwasher, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and/or injury to persons, including the following: 1. Bosch dishwashers are provided with two manuals; one, Installation Instruction Manual and one, Use and Care Manual. Read all instructions before using the dishwasher. 2. Use the dishwasher only for its intended function. 3. Use only detergents or wetting agents recommended for use in a dishwasher and keep them out of the reach of children. 4. When loading items to be washed: a. Locate sharp items so that they are not likely to damage the door seal; and b. Load sharp knives with the handle up to reduce the risk of cut-type injuries. 5. Do not wash plastic items unless marked “dishwasher safe” or the equivalent. For plastic items not so marked, check the manufacturer’s recommendations. 6. Do not touch the heating element during or immediately after use. 7. Do not operate your dishwasher unless all the enclosure panels are properly in place. 8. Do not tamper with controls. 9. Do not abuse, sit on, or stand on the door or dish rack of the dishwasher. 10.To reduce the risk of injury, do not allow children to play in or on the dishwasher. 11.Under certain conditions, hydrogen gas may be produced in a hot water system that has not been used for two weeks or more. Hydrogen gas is explosive. If the hot water system has not been used for such a period, before using the dishwasher turn on all hot water faucets and let the water flow from each for several minutes. This will release any accumulated hydrogen gas. As the gas is flammable, do not smoke or use an open flame during this time. 12.Remove the door to the washing compartment when removing an old dishwasher from service or discarding. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS ! GROUNDING INSTRUCTIONS This appliance must be connected to a grounded metal, permanent wiring system, or an equipment grounding conductor must be run with the circuit conductors and connected to the equipment grounding terminal or lead on the dishwasher. WARNING — This dishwasher must be grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code and/or local codes. Make sure this dishwasher has been properly grounded and installed by a qualified installer before using. 4 - ENGLISH www.boschappliances.com DISHWASHER COMPONENTS Figure 1, below, identifies the components of your dishwasher, and shows the page number(s) in this manual on which more information about the component is available. Familiarize yourself with the various parts of your dishwasher before you attempt to wash the first load of dishes. 1 8 10 9 5 6 3 2 7 4 Figure 1 Components: Page Number: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Pg. Door gasket Detergent Dispenser Filters (3) Model and Serial Number Label Lower Rack Lower Spray Arm Rinser Agent Dispenser Silverware Baskets (2) Upper Rack Upper Spray Arm www.boschappliances.com 21 10 20 25 9 21 11 9 8 21 ENGLISH - 5 MATERIALS CHART Important: Before you wash anything in the dishwasher, check the materials chart shown below in Table 1. Some materials are not dishwasher-safe and should be hand-washed. Others require special loading considerations. Before washing any dishware or cookware, contact the manufacturer of the material to confirm that it is dishwasher-safe. Materials Chart MATERIAL ACRYLIC ADHESIVE JOINED ITEMS ALUMINUM BONE HANDLED UTENSILS CHINA, CRYSTAL, DISHWASHER USE NOT RECOMMENDED NOT RECOMMENDED USUALLY SAFE NOT RECOMMENDED USUALLY SAFE & STONEWARE GLASS IRON NONDISHWARE ITEMS NON-STICK COATINGS PEWTER, BRASS, & BRONZE PLASTIC USUALLY SAFE NOT RECOMMENDED NOT RECOMMENDED USUALLY SAFE NOT Items joined by adhesives, whether plastic, wood, bone,steel, copper or tin, etc. may be loosened. Colored anodized aluminum may fade over time. Minerals in the water may cause spotting or darkening of aluminum. This can usually be removed by scouring with a soap filled steel wool pad. Handles may separate. Decorated china, stoneware, and crystal that is hand-painted or trimmed may discolor, fade, or spot. You should hand-wash these items. Position fragile glassware so that it will not topple over or come in contact with other dishes during the wash cycle. If you are not sure whether a particular item is dish washer safe, contact the dish manufacturer. Milk glass may yellow. Iron will rust. Wash by hand and dry immediately. The Bosch dishwasher is only intended for use in cleaning standard household dishware items. After drying the non-stick coating should be covered with a light coating of vegetable oil. Pewter will tarnish. Wash by hand and dry STAINLESS USUALLY SAFE STEEL STERLING SILVER USUALLY SAFE immediately. Wash only “dishwasher-safe” plastics. Decorated plastics may fade. Do not let stainless steel items contact copper, sterling silver, silverplate, or dissimilar metal items. Do not let sterling silver or silverplate items come & SILVERPLATE TIN in contact with dissimilar metal items. Tin will rust. Wash by hand and dry immediately. WOOD RECOMMENDED USUALLY SAFE COMMENTS AND/OR SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS Crazing may occur. NOT RECOMMENDED NOT RECOMMENDED Wooden bowls, wooden utensils and wood handled utensils can warp, crack, or lose their finish. Table 1 6 - ENGLISH www.boschappliances.com LOADING THE DISHWASHER Bottom Rack Pre-Load Preparation AHAM DW-1 -12 Place Setting • Remove large particles of food from the dishes before food has a chance to dry, but rinsing is not necessary. Food soils will actually enhance the detergent’s performance. • Use the Rinse & Hold cycle if waiting an extended period of time before washing. • Pre-soak and hand-scour pots and pans with burned-on or blackened food. • Do not place foreign objects, such as toothpicks, paper products, plastic bags, or packaging materials, into the dishwasher! Figure 2 Top Rack AHAM DW-1 -12 Place Setting Before loading the dishwasher, review the material chart provided on Page 6. General Loading Tips • • • • Load dishwasher so water can circulate freely and reach every part of item. Do not allow delicate items to touch - they could be damaged. Place items upside down - so water does not collect inside of them. Place items so that nothing protrudes through the bottom of the racks - this could block the rotation of the spray arms. Figure 3 Bottom Rack Loading the Bottom Rack Place large and/or heavily soiled items in the bottom rack of the dishwasher. Load heavily soiled pots and pans face down, as shown in Figure 4. For larger items, fold down the rear tines on the bottom rack. When in the down position, they can hold extra large utensils, such as serving spoons or large knives. Figure 4 Rack attachment is available in some models. www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 7 LOADING THE DISHWASHER Loading the Top Rack Top Rack Adjustment The top rack height of the Bosch dishwashers is adjustable (in most models.) There is an upper and lower position for the top rack which is used to accomodate items with different heights. Cup Shelves • Flip down cup shelves. • Place glasses upside down with stems resting in the “V” of the shelves. Figure 5 How to Adjust the Top Rack 1. 2. 3. Pull out (empty) top rack to the point where it can be lifted upward. Pull the rack outward and up until rollers are completely free of channels. Reinsert the rack with the other set of rollers on the channel. Figure 6 Figure 7 8" 10" 14" 12" Figure 8 Upper Position Max. height (on top)8” Max. height (on bottom)14” 8 - ENGLISH Lower Position Max. height (on top)10” Max. height (on bottom)12” www.boschappliances.com LOADING THE DISHWASHER Loading the Silverware Basket(s) All Bosch dishwashers have a large silverware basket in the bottom rack. Those models with the TOP RACK ONLY feature have a an additional upper small silverware basket. For personal safety and a top quality clean, place the silverware in the baskets: • so that they do not nest together. • place silverware with handles-down, but • place knives and other potentially dangerous utensils handles-up. Large Small Figure 10a Below is an example of a silverware loading pattern that prevents nesting. Caution: Always load sharp utensils with the sharp point down ! NESTING SILVERWARE Figure 9 Figure 11 Figure 10b Large Silverware Basket with Lid Some models have a large silverware basket with a lid. The lid prevents nesting of silverware, To use, first fold the basket lids down (snap in place), then load silverware. Refer to figures 11 and 12 for recommended silverware loading. Figure 12 www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 9 ADDING DETERGENT Selecting the Right Detergent Use only fresh dishwashing detergent (powder is recommended). Use of other types of detergents can result in excessive suds. Concentrated detergents usually call for lower usage than standard detergents. For the best washing results it is important to use the correct type and amount of detergent and rinse agent. Detergent Dispenser Cover Filling the Detergent Dispenser 1. Locate the detergent dispenser on the inside door of the dishwasher (see Figure 1). 2. Open the detergent dispenser cover by pushing the release tab. 3. Fill dispenser. Measure the amount of deter gent to use based on the cycle selected and the water hardness (see chart below). 4. Close dispenser. With fingers on arrow, slide cover over the detergent chamber and press down on the arrow until it clicks shut. Release Tab Figure 13 45 25 15 Figure 14 The detergent will be dispensed automatically during the wash portion of the cycle. Important: Too much detergent combined with soft water may cause etching of glassware. Recommended Detergent Usage WASH CYCLE Power Scrub Plus Scrub Wash Regular Wash Delicate/ Economy Quick Wash Rinse & Hold Hard 45 ml 45 ml 25-45 ml 25 ml 15-25 ml None Medium 45 ml 25-45 ml 25 ml 15-25 ml 15 ml None 25-45 ml 25 ml 15-25 ml 15 ml 15 ml None WATER TYPE Soft Table 2 10 - ENGLISH www.boschappliances.com ADDING RINSE AGENT Rinse Agent Rinse agent, or a rinse aid, is used to provide optimum drying results and diminish water spotting. Always use a rinse agent with the Bosch dishwasher to insure proper drying results. It rinses the dishware and also rinses the internal parts of the dishwasher. TO ADJUST RINSE AGENT REGULATOR SETTING: 1. OPEN THE COVER OF THE RINSE AGENT DISPENSER. 2.TURN THE SETTING INDICATOR TO THE DESIRED SETTING. To Fill the Rinse Agent Reservoir: Figure 15 1. Open the dishwasher door fully. 2. Open the cover of the rinse agent dispenser by pressing the star on the cover with your index finger while pulling on the tab with your thumb. 3. Add rinse agent to the reservoir until the level indicator turns dark, indicating that the reservoir is full (capacity is approx. 3.5 oz.). Note: Refill rinse agent when the level indicator shows a silver background with black lines. Rinse agent level indicator Rinse Agent Dispenser Regulator The rinse agent reservoir of the Bosch dishwasher is provided with a regulator calibrated from 1 to 6. (See Figure 15.) This regulator controls the amount of rinse agent dispensed. The dishwasher leaves the factory preset to 4. However, • if you see streaks, you should turn the regulator to a lower number. Figure 16 Rinse agent is available in liquid or solid form. Only use the liquid type of rinse agent in the Bosch dishwasher. • if you see water spots, you should turn the regulator to a higher number. Rinse Agent Indicator Light Some models are equipped with an additional rinse aid indicator light on the control panel. When the rinse agent dispenser is empty, the indicator light will glow and the level indicator will show a silver background with black lines. After filling the rinse agent dispenser, close the door and wait a few minutes for the indicator light to register. Figure 17 www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 11 BOSCH DISHWASHER CONTROLS Figure 18, below, is an illustration of the control panels for the various dishwasher models. On Off On Off Clean On Off SHU 6800 & SHI 6800 SHV 4800 Cancel Drain Clean SHV 4300 Cancel Drain SHU 9900 Cancel Drain On / Off CycleCountdown Power Scrub Plus 88 Power Delay Start Hours Top Rack Only Cycle Countdown On / Off Scrub Wash Delay Start Hours Power Cycle Countdown On / Off 88 SHU 4300 Regular Wash Delicate/ Econo Regular Wash Delicate/ Econo Power Scrub Plus Regular Wash Delicate/ Econo Rinse & Hold Cancel Drain Clean Power Scrub Plus Regular Wash Rinse & Hold SHU 3300 Cancel Drain Power On /Off SHU 3030 Power Scrub Cycles Figure 18 12 - ENGLISH High Regular Rinse Temp Temp & Wash Wash Hold Regular Wash Rinse & Hold www.boschappliances.com Rinse & Hold Rinse & Hold Refill Rinse Agent Refill Rinse Agent Cancel Drain Power On / Off Quick Wash Cancel Drain Power Scrub Plus 88 SHU 5300 Scrub Wash Temp.Options Refill Rinse Agent CYCLE SELECTION CHARTS Cycle Selection Chart Bosch Dishwashers (other than SHU 3030) TYPE OF DISHWARE NONDELICATE MIXED AMOUNT OF FOOD REMAINS A LOT CONDITIONOF FOOD REMAINS STUCK ON HARD WASH CYCLE CYCLE SEQUENCE A LOT A LITTLE DELICATE MIXED A LITTLE VERY LITTLE LOOSELY ATTACHED POWER SCRUB PLUS SCRUB WASH REGULAR WASH Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-wash Wash 150°F Wash 140°F Wash 140°F Wash 104°F Wash 161°F First Rinse Rinse Rinse Rinse First Rinse Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161°F Rinse-aid 155°F Rinse-aid 140°F Second Rinse Rinse-aid 161°F Drying Drying Drying Rinse-aid 161°F Drying DELICATE/ ECONOMY QUICK WASH RINSE & HOLD Pre-rinse Drying Duration in minutes 91 80 91 72 29 9 Water consumption in gallons 7.1 6.0 5.4 3.6 2.7 1.2 Water consumption in liters 26.9 22.7 20.4 13.6 10.2 4.5 Table 3 The Bosch models featuring Sensotronic™ will reduce water consumption by approximately 20%, if the dishes are lightly soiled. For models with Top Rack Only™, water consumption is reduced approximately 30% when using the feature. Shown above are the average values that may be obtained while running the dishwasher under normal conditions. Actual values may vary.The actual cycle duration, water and energy usage are dependent upon inlet water temperature. www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 13 CYCLE SELECTION CHARTS Cycle Selection Chart for SHU 3030 TYPE OF DISHWARE NONDELICATE MIXED AMOUNT OF FOOD REMAINS A LOT CONDITIONOF FOOD REMAINS STUCK ON HARD WASH CYCLE POWER SCRUB A LOT POWER SCRUB A LITTLE DELICATE MIXED A LITTLE VERY LITTLE LOOSELY ATTACHED REGULAR WASH REGULAR WASH RINSE & HOLD (High Temp.Wash) (Regular Temp.Wash) (High Temp.Wash) (Regular Temp.Wash) Pre-rinse one Pre-rinse one Pre-rinse Pre-rinse Pre-rinse two Pre-rinse two Pre-wash Pre-wash Pre-rinse three Pre-rinse three Wash 151°F Wash 135°F Pre-wash Pre-wash Rinse Rinse Wash 151°F Wash 135°F Rinse-aid 151°F Rinse-aid 151°F Rinse Rinse Drying Drying Rinse-aid 151°F Rinse-aid 151°F Drying Drying Duration in minutes 127 119 98 90 9 Water consumption in gallons 8.9 8.9 6.5 6.5 1.19 Water consumption in liters 33.75 33.75 25.35 25.35 4.5 CYCLE SEQUENCE Pre-rinse Table 4 Note: On the SHU 3030, when you select “Rinse & Hold” on the “Start and Run Knob”, you must also select “Rinse & Hold” on the “Temp. Options” button. If not, the unit will go into heat delay, which will cause an extended run time. Soap should not be used with the “Rinse & Hold” cycle. 14 - ENGLISH www.boschappliances.com SELECTING A WASH CYCLE The dishwasher will wash and dry the contents based on cycle selection made. Refer to Tables 3 y 4: Wash Cycle Selection Chart to select the most appropriate cycle for the wash load. Follow these steps to select a cycle and start the Note: All indicator lights will remain illuminated until the on/ off switch is pressed or the door is opened. dishwasher: SHU/SHI Models: 1. Close the dishwasher door, making sure that door latches are closed. 2. Press the on/off switch. Various Model Types 3. Select the button for the program de sired.* SHU/SHI 4. The dishwasher will start automatically and continue to the end of the selected cycle. 5. At the end of the cycle the dishwasher will stop and either the “Clean” light will become illuminated, the LED display will show“CL” or “00”, or the dishwasher will beep. On / Off Power Scrub Plus 88 Power Delay Start Hours Top Rack Only Scrub Wash Regular Wash Delicate/ Econo Quick Wash Rinse & Hold Refill Rinse Agent Cancel Drain Figure 19 SHV & SHU 9900 SHV & SHU 9900 Models: On Off 1. Open dishwasher door. 2. Press the on/off switch. CycleCountdown Cancel Drain Figure 20 3. Push the button once for the program desired. 4. Close door until it latches and the program will begin. 5. Same as #5 above. VARIOUS END OF CYCLE INDICATORS Push the desired button TWO TIMES if another program button is lit up. * * * Clean light illuminates CL or 00 is displayed on the LED. Cycle Completion Beeper sounds off (SHU 9900 models only) www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 15 INTERRUPTING, CHANGING OR CANCELLING A CYCLE Cycle Interruption As a safety feature the dishwasher will automatically turn itself off whenever the door is opened. However, if the door is opened quickly while in a wash or rinse cycle some water may splash out of the dishwasher. For this reason it is recommended that the machine always be switched off before opening the door. To Interrupt a Cycle WARNING DO NOT PULL DOOR FULLY OPEN WHILE DISHWASHER IS IN OPERATION. QUICKLY OPENING THE DOOR WHILE DISHWASHER IS IN OPERATION COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS SCALDING. 1. press the on/off button to stop operation. 2. Wait at least 10 seconds (or until the water noises ON/OFF BUTTON stop) before opening the door. ON/OFF BUTTON On / Off To Resume a Cycle 1. SHU/SHI models, close the door and press the on/off button. 1. SHV models, push the on/off button and close the door. Power Figure 21 Changing a Cycle CHANGE CYCLE To change the cycle selection, press the program button of the desired cycle TWICE. The chosen cycle button (or the light above it) becomes illuminated, showing that it has been selected. * SHU 3030 models do not have program lights CHANGE CYCLE Cycle Countdown 88 Power Scrub Plus Regular Wash Cancelling a Cycle Each control panel shows which buttons to simultaneously push to cancel a cycle. Refer to your dishwasher to find the cancel drain buttons on your particular model. 1. Press the indicated buttons at the same time and hold for approximately 3 seconds. 2. When the drain pump noises stop and the LED display or clean light indicate that the end of the cycle has been reached, the dish washer is reset. 3. Press the on/off button to turn the dishwasher off. 4. The dishwasher is now ready to run a selected cycle. Add more detergent if necessary. 16 - ENGLISH Delicate/ Econo Rinse & Hold Cancel Drain Figure 22 CANCEL CYCLE CANCEL CYCLE Cycle Countdown 88 Power Scrub Plus Regular Wash Delicate/ Econo Cancel Drain Figure 23 www.boschappliances.com Rinse & Hold UNLOADING THE DISHWASHER Unloading When unloading the dishwasher always unload the lower rack first and then unload the upper rack. This will minimize the chance of water drops from the upper rack falling on the dishes in the lower rack. The silverware basket(s) of the Bosch dishwasher can be removed for easy unloading. The dishware tends to get hot immediately following a completed cycle. If the door is opened slightly for a few minutes before unloading, the dishes will cool more quickly. Figure 24 Condensation Drying The combination of a high final rinse temperature, the tub’s cool stainless steel interior, and the sheeting action of a Rinse Agent result in effective and efficient drying. The closed condensation drying feature is hygienic, and saves energy and money. For best drying results, it is important that the Rinse Aid Dispenser be kept full. www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 17 SPECIAL FEATURES Please refer to the (pg. 23, Table 6) features chart to determine which special features your particular model dishwasher has. Delayed Start On a few Bosch dishwashers, the start of the washing cycle can be delayed for up to 9 hours in 1hour increments. Follow these steps to delay the start of a wash cycle: 1. Close the door of the dishwasher securely until the latches snap shut. 2. Press the on/off button. The indicator light for the cycle that was last selected illuminates. DELAY START BUTTON Cycle Countdown 1h Power Scrub Plus Delay Delay Start Start Hours Hours Scrub Wash Regular Wash Delicate/ Econo Rinse & Hold Refill Rinse Agent Cancel Drain Figure 25 3. Immediately press the timer button labeled DELAY-START-HOURS and the LED display will show “1h”. 4. Press the DELAY-START-HOURS button as many times as necessary until the LED display shows the desired number of hours. (Ex: 1h, 2h, 3h...). The cycle can be changed at any time during the delay. The Top Rack Only™ Cycle Some BOSCH models have a Top Rack Only cycle that saves energy and water when you have only a small load of dishes. Also, you’ll use less detergent for the Top Rack Only cycle. The washing time, however, is not reduced. The upper rack of the dishwasher has been designed with flexibility in mind. You can load glasses, cups, plates, bowls and small pots in many different positions to fit your needs. Figure 26 shows a typical mixed load placed correctly in the upper rack for the Top Rack Only cycle. 18 - ENGLISH Figure 26 www.boschappliances.com SPECIAL FEATURES Cycle Completion Signal (SHU 9900 models) At the end of a wash cycle, the beeper will sound off two times, and again every 15 minutes until the dishwasher is turned off. To Enable or Disable the Cycle Completion Signal 1. Open the door, hold down the “Quick Wash” button and simultaneously turn the Dishwasher on. The “Quick Wash” light will blink (program mode). 2. While the light is still blinking, push the “Quick Wash” button. • If the machine beeps, then the Cycle Completion Signal has been enabled. • When you push the button again and it doesn’t beep, it means that the Cycle Completion Signal has been disabled. 3. Turn the Dishwasher off to take it out of program mode. Accomodating Extra Tall Items If you have extra tall items that cannot fit in the bottom rack without interfering with the upper spray arm or without hitting the top rack (max. height 22”), you can remove the upper rack. A special accessory, the Extra Tall Item Sprinkler, lets you run the dishwasher with top rack removed. See Figures 27 and 28. Figure 27 Note: Be sure to remove the Extra Tall Item Sprinkler before you reinstall the top rack, otherwise the door could become damaged and not close properly. Installing “Extra Tall Item Sprinkler” 1. With top rack empty, remove it from the dishwasher by pulling the rack toward you to the point where you can lift it up and out, disengaging the wheels from the side rails. 2. Place the “Extra Tall Item Sprinkler” over the top rack spray outlet at the back of the dishwasher tub and turn it clockwise to lock the sprinkler head in place. See Figure 28. 3. Place the extra tall items in the bottom rack for washing, as shown in Figure 27. To remove the Extra Tall Item Sprinkler, turn it counterclockwise and pull it out. Then replace the top rack. Figure 28 www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 19 CARE AND CLEANING General Maintenance Certain areas of your Bosch Dishwasher require periodic owner inspection. The following maintenance tasks can be performed to help assure top performance: • Check the Large Object Trap * • Check the Wash Arms • Clean Stainless Steel Inner Door • Clean Door Panel (Stainless Steel or Colored) • Clean the Door Gasket Triple Filter System 1. Large Object Trap 2. Micro Filter 3. Fine Filter Figure 29 These tasks are described in subsequent sections. Clean Filters Under normal use, the filter system is self-cleaning. The purpose of the Large Object Trap is to help prevent undesirable objects such as bones, glass, straws and toothpicks from damaging the pump system. Items such as these should be removed fromthe Large Object Trap. Turn left to loosen (counter-clockwise) and right to tighten (clock-wise). * Bosch dishwashers have a triple filter system composed of a Microfilter, a Fine Filter and a Large Object Trap. To Remove the Large Object Trap: Figure 30 1. Turn the ring handle (as shown in Figure 30) 1/4 turn counter-clockwise and lift out. 2. Lift out the large object trap for inspection. 3. If large solids, such as bones, large seed(s), or paper labels are present, remove them by hand. The Large Object Trap can also be flushed out by holding it under running water. Take out Large Object Trap, Microfilter and Fine Filter to inspect and clean. 4. If necessary, the micro and fine filters can be removed at this time. To Re-insert the Large Object Trap in the Dishwasher: 1. Press the filters firmly into position. 2. Turn 1/4 turn clockwise until locked. 3. Pull gently to ensure that it is locked in place. 20 - ENGLISH Figure 31 www.boschappliances.com CARE AND CLEANING Check Wash Arms The wash arms should be checked periodically to ensure that the spray orifices are clear and unobstructed. If the wash arms require cleaning they are easy to remove and replace: 1. The lower wash arm simply snaps into place. Pull gently upwards to remove it. 2. The upper wash arm is held in position by a locking nut. Turn the locking ring approximately 1/8 turn clockwise to release the arm. See Figure 32. 3. After cleaning, reinstall the wash arms. Clean Stainless Steel Tank and Inner Door Clean the outer edges of the inside door panel regularly to remove food particles that can gather there from normal loading. If spots begin to appear on the stainless steel tank or inner door, check to make sure that the rinse agent reservoir is full. Figure 32a For SHU 6800 Models Only: Normally, the bottom door seal should not be cleaned. If necessary, wipe only with a dry clean cloth. Clean Outer Door Colored Doors Use only soft cloth that is lightly dampened with soapy water. Do not use paper towels or an abrasive cloth. Stainless Steel Doors: Use a soft cloth with a non-abrasive stainless steel cleaner. For best results, apply stainless steel cleaner directly to the cloth, then wipe the surface. Do not use metal scouring pads to clean the stainless steel surfaces as these can scratch the surface and leave metal fragments that can rust. Figure 32b Clean Door Gasket Clean the door gasket regularly to remove food particles that can gather from normal loading. If necessary clean the door gasket using a damp cloth. Gasket Figure 33 www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 21 SELF-HELP Dishwashers may exhibit problems that are unrelated to a malfunction of the dishwasher itself. The following table may serve to answer your question about a problem you are having without having to call a repair person. PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE Dishes do not dry Indicator light(s) do not come on Dishwasher does not Rinse-aid dispenser is empty. Fill rinse-aid dispenser. A fuse may have blown or a circuit breaker tripped. Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker at your fuse box/breaker box. Door of dishwasher not properly closed. Close dishwasher making start Dishwasher runs a long time sure that door latches. If the dishwasher completes the cycle, but the run time seem exceptionally long it is probably due to cold incoming water. To avoid this problem it is recommended that before starting the dishwasher: open the hot water faucet at the sink nearest the dishwasher and run the water until it runs hot. Then turn off the water and start the Machine cycle does not advance to rinse Water not pumped from dishwasher Detergent dispenser lid will not close Lower spray arm does not rotate freely White deposits left on dishes Streaks on glassware Rattling noises Suds in dishwasher Unsatisfactory washing result dishwasher. Water line is closed or inlet filter is blocked. Open water valve and/or check inlet filter. Kink in drain hose. Filter clogged. Kitchen sink clogged. Air gap (type installed at sink) clogged. Check drain hose and fine and coarse filters (see section titled CARE and CLEANING). Check kitchen sink to make sure it is draining well. If problem is kitchen sink not draining you may need a plumber rather than a serviceman for the dishwasher. A program was not completely finished. Remove lower spray arm and clean arm and spray arm mounts. Too little rinse-aid. Too much rinse-aid used. Utensils not properly arranged. Incorrect type of detergent used. Use only automatic dishwasher detergents. • Incorrect amount of detergent or rinse agent. • Utensils incorrectly arranged or rack overloaded. • Wash arm rotation blocked by utensils. • Filters not properly fitted into position. • Clogged nozzles in wash arm(s) • Unsuitable program selected. Table 5 22 - ENGLISH www.boschappliances.com SHV 4800 Series SHU 4300 Series SHV 4300 Series SHU 9910 Series SHU 9920 Series SHU 3300 Series SHU 3300 DLX SHU 3030 Series SHU 5300 Series M O D E L S SHU 5310 Series Model Features Chart SHU/SHI 6800 Series MODELS FEATURES Stainless Steel Bosch TallTub™ • • • • • • • • • • • Bosch Flow-Through Heater™ • • • • • • • • • • • 161°F Wash Temperature • • • • • • • • • 151°F • Four-level Wash • • • • • • • • • • • Condensation Drying • • • • • • • • • • • Bosch Sensotronic™ • • - - - - - - - - • FEATURES Bosch Top Rack Only™ Wash • - • - - - • - - - - Power Scrub Plus Cycle • • • • • • • • • - • Power Scrub Cycle - - - - - - - - - • - Scrub Wash Cycle • • - - - - - - - • • Regular Wash Cycle • • • • • • • • • • • Delicate/Economy Cycle • • • • • • • - - - • Quick Wash Cycle • - - - - - - - - - - Rinse & Hold Cycle • • • • • • • • • • • Nylon Racks • • • • • • • • • • • Height-Adjustable Upper Rack • • • • • • • - • - - Flip Tines on Bottom Rack • • • • • • • - - - • Electronic Controls • • • • • • • • • - • Delay Start • • - - - - - - - - • Digital Countdown Display • • - • - - - - - - • • - - - LED Sequence Indicator - - • - • • • Bosch AVS™ Silence Rating 46 50 48 54 54 54 48 56 54 57 52 Exceptionally Low Water Usage • • • • • • • • • • • Triple Filter System • • • • • • • • • • • “Refill Rinse Agent” Light • • • • - - • - - - • Cycle Completion Signal - - - - - • • - - - - ACCESSORIES CHART PART NUMBER SS door with SS handle (SHV Series only)* SGZ SS door frame and front (SHU Series only; accepts SS panel only)* SGZ Almond door frame and front (Accepts almond panel only) SGZ Heavy-duty white door frame kit** (For 1/8” to 1/4” panels) SGZ Heavy-duty black door frame kit** (For 1/8” to 1/4” panels) SGZ Adaptor kit for 60 cm cabinet SGZ Extra large knife rack SGZ Glass rack insert for bottom rack (max. ht. 13.5”) SGZ Table 6 1005 1025 UC UC 1024 1042 1046 1040 1000 2004 UC UC UC UC UC UC *SS = Stainless Steel www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 23 BOSCH DISHWASHER FEATURES DESCRIPTIONS Bosch AVS II™ Silence Rating: A two-pump motor system, suspension motor,and triple insulation make Bosch the quietest dishwashers in North America. Bosch SoundSeal™: An added measure of insulation on the SHU 6800 series in the form of a sound tight seal eliminating noise typically emitted from the toe-kick area. Bosch Suspension Motor™: By suspending the motor in air, any vibration that may be caused is eliminated. Condensation Drying: The combination of a high final rinse temperature, the tub’s cool stainless steel interior, and the sheeting action of a Rinse Agent result in effective and efficient drying. The closed condensation drying feature is hygienic, and saves energy and money. Cycle Completion Signal: An optional beeper which lets you know when the cycle is complete. Delicate/Economy Cycle: Saves water and energy, while removing loosely attached food from delicate dishware. Delay Start: Delay the dishwasher’s start for up to nine hours. Digital Countdown Display: Lets you know exactly when the cycle will be complete. Electronic Controls: Easy to use push button controls with programs Bosch Flow-Through Heater™: Water passes through a heating chamber where it is efficiently heated to temperatures up to 161°F. Four-level Wash: Multiple spraying levels provide optimal disbursement of fresh water. Height-Adjustable Upper Rack: Raise or lower the top rack to fit items up to 14” tall in the bottom rack, or up to 10” tall in the top rack. LED Sequence Indicator: Indicates the current point in the wash cycle, so you’ll know if it’s OK to add a last-minute dish. Exceptionally Low Water Usage: Bosch dishwashers use very little water — as low as 2.5 gallons in the Delicate/Economy cycle. Flip Tines: Fold-down tines in the bottom rack accommodate even large cookware. Nylon Racks: Eliminate cuts and nicks with nylon-coated racks featuring a five-year warranty. Power Scrub Plus Cycle: For heavy loads with stuck-on food, this powerful cycle features an extra 125° pre-wash to soak food loose. Quick Wash Cycle: Cleans lightly soiled dishes in a short 29-minute cycle. Good for glassware, coffee cups, etc. “Refill Rinse Agent” Light: Lets you know when you need to add more rinse agent. Regular Wash Cycle: Good for everyday loads with loosely attached food. Rinse & Hold Cycle: If you don’t want to wash right away, use this cycle to rinse the dishware, then hold it until you have a full load. Bosch Sensotronic™: Proven scanning technology checks the condition of the water, then automatically decides whether a second fresh-water fill is necessary. Scrub Wash Cycle: For stuck-on foods that don’t require soaking, this powerful cycle uses less water than the Power Scrub Plus Cycle. Stainless Steel Bosch Tall Tub™: Provides the assurance of a lifetime warranty against rustthrough with a hygienic interior surface. Bosch Top Rack Only™ Wash: When you don’t have a full load of dishes to wash, this feature washes just those on the top rack, saving water. Triple Filter System: Three built-in filters ensure the distribution of clean water throughout the wash cycle, and an added safety feature preventing any foreign materials from clogging the main pump or drain pump. 24 - ENGLISH www.boschappliances.com CUSTOMER SERVICE Your Bosch dishwasher requires no special care other than that described in the care and cleaning chapter. If you are having a problem with your dishwasher, before calling for service please refer to the Self-Help chapter. If service becomes necessary, contact your dealer or installer or an authorized service center. Do not attempt to repair the appliance yourself. Any work performed by unauthorized personnel may void the warranty. If you are having a problem with your BOSCH dishwasher and are not pleased with the service you have received, please take the following steps (in the order listed below) until the problem is corrected to your satisfaction. 1. 2. 3. 4. Contact your installer or the Bosch Authorized Service Contractor in your area. E-mail us from the customer service section of our web site, www.boschappliances.com. Write to us at the address below: BSH Home Appliances, Corp. 5551 McFadden Avenue Huntington Beach, CA 92649 Call us at: 1-800/944-2904. Please be sure to include (if writing), or have available (if calling), the following information: • • • • Model Number Serial Number Date of Original Purchase Date Problem Originated • Explanation of Problem Also, if writing, please be sure to include a daytime phone number. You will find the model number and serial number information on the label located on the right-hand side of the inner door of the dishwasher. See Figure 1for an example. Figure 34 Please make a copy of your invoice and keep it with your manual. www.boschappliances.com ENGLISH - 25 Statement of Warranties - Bosch Dishwashers The warranties provided by BSH Home Appliances LP (“Bosch”) in this Statement of Warranties apply only to Bosch Dishwashers sold to the first using purchaser by Bosch or its authorized dealers, retailers or service centers in the United States or Canada. The Warranties provided herein are not transferable. LENGTH OF WARRANTY SCOPE OF WARRANTY 1 Year Full Limited Warranty Bosch will repair or replace any component part that proves From Date of Installation* defective under conditions of normal home use free of charge, labor and shipping costs included. Repair service must be performed by an Authorized Bosch Service Center (All cosmetic damages must be reported within 30 days of installation). 2 Year Limited Warranty Bosch will provide replacement parts free of charge for any From Date of Installation* component part that proves defective under conditions of normal home use, labor charges excluded. 5 Year Limited Warranty on Electronics Bosch will repair or replace any microprocessor or printed From Date of Installation* circuit boards that prove defective under normal use during the second through fifth year from the date of original purchase, labor charges excluded. 5 Year Limited Warranty Bosch will replace the upper or lower dish rack (excluding From Date of Installation* rack components) free of charge, if the rack proves defective in materials or workmanship under conditions of normal home use, labor charges excluded. Lifetime Limited Warranty against Bosch will replace your dishwasher with the same model or a Stainless Steel Rust Through current model that is equivalent or better in functionality if the From Date of Installation* inner liner should rust through under conditions of normal home use, labor charges excluded. Bosch will replace the stainless steel door of any dishwasher if the door should rust through under conditions of normal home use, labor charges excluded. * Date of installation shall refer to the earlier of the date the dishwasher is installed or ten business days after the delivery date. Exclusions: This warranty does not cover service calls or repairs to correct the installation of the dishwasher, to provide instructions on the use of your dishwasher, to replace house fuses or correct plumbing or the electric wiring in your home or to repair any dishwasher that’s use was in a manner other than what is normal and customary for home use. In addition, the warranties provided in this Statement exclude any defects or damage arising from accident, alteration, misuse, abuse, improper installation, unauthorized service work, external forces beyond Bosch’s control, such as fire, flood, and other acts of God, or installation not in accordance with local electrical and plumbing codes. Labor charges incurred in the repair or replacement of any dishwasher after the one year from date of installation shall not be covered by this warranty. Any and all replaced and/or repaired parts shall assume the identity of the original for purposes of the applicable warranty period. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. BOSCH DOES NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. TO OBTAIN WARRANTY SERVICE, CONTACT THE NEAREST BOSCH AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTER OR CALL 1 - 800 / 944 - 2904, OR WRITE BSH HOME APPLIANCES CORP. DIRECTLY AT: 5551 McFADDEN AVENUE, HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA 92649. BE SURE TO PROVIDE YOUR DISHWASHER’S MODEL, SERIAL NUMBER, PURCHASE DATE AND THE SELLER’S NAME AND ADDRESS.1 26 - ENGLISH www.boschappliances.com

For Minor Problems Due To Improper Usage Or Lack Of

Rating

Date

Size

Views

Categories

Share

Transcript

Forgot your password?.